Home

MVI56-PDPMV1 User Manual

1. Word Offset Start End Name Description 0 199 PROFIBUS Input Data Data received from the PROFIBUS slave devices on the network Total size of the PROFIBUS Input Data block is a function of the PROFIBUS network configuration Block ID 1 Slave bytes 0 to 399 Block ID 2 Slave bytes 400 to 799 Block ID 3 Slave bytes 800 to 1199 Block ID 4 Slave bytes 1200 to 1535 200 200 Last out mailbox The module confirms the receipt of a mailbox by copying its ID message ID processed code Message ID to this register from output image 201 201 Current in mailbox Incremented after the module has transferred a new mailbox control index response to the processor 202 202 Current alarm control Incremented after the module has transferred a new alarm to index the processor 203 203 Reserved for future use 204 205 PROFIBUS CRC32 CRC32 checksum for PROFIBUS Master configuration value downloaded from configuration utility 206 207 Module CRC32 value MVI56 PDPMV1 module configuration checksum for module configuration downloaded from configuration utility 208 247 Reserved for future use 248 248 Write Block ID Write block ID of Output image to receive 1 to 4 for data 0 or 1 if no data 249 249 Read Block ID Read Block ID number 1 to 4 Page 232 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Input Block Status Data Details Block ID 0 to 1 The MVI5
2. DB9 Female to DB9 Female null modem cable DB9 Male to RJ45 Plug ProSoft Cable 15 or other ProSoft Cable 14 5 PIN2 RxD TxD RxD RxD PIN2 5 E PIN 3 TxD RxD TxD TxD PIN3 S Qa a j5 i ina amp 2 PI N 5 Pac Pasit Pichia Posies Pl N 5 E S v Connect 4 3 3 DB9 to RJ45 Adaptor Cable 14 Cable Assembly J1 pE ea o5 J1 J2 O00000 200000000 Wiring Diagram ProSoft Technology Inc Page 183 of 251 July 29 2015 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 4 3 4 Using the Diagnostic Window in ProSoft Configuration Builder To connect to the module s Configuration Debug serial port 1 Start PCB and then right click the module icon Default Project Default Location h Demo Module 2 On the shortcut menu choose DIAGNOSTICS Default Project Default Location h fie Delete Rename Copy Choose Module Type View Configuration Export Configuration File s Load Config File Download from PC to Device Upload from Device to PC This action opens the Diagnostics dialog box 3 Press to open the Main menu 4 Diagnostics Connection Log Module a f a fe MODULE MENU Display Menu B Block Transfer Statistics c Module Configuration D Database View R
3. Description Backplane input connection type change the array size for your application Style _toveue _Move Down Cancel Apply Help And the PDPMV1_CONNECTION_OUTPUT user defined data type must have an array size of 248 words as shown in the following illustration Data Type PDPMV1_Connection_Output Name PDPM1_Connection_Output Description Connection input to be associated to the module Data Type Size byte s Description Data INT 248 Decimal Backplane output connection type change the array size for your applicatio Cancel Apply Help Note Each backplane block contains certain registers reserved for general purposes non PROFIBUS data transfer The backplane input block reserves 8 words for general purposes and the backplane output block reserves 5 words You must subtract these reserved words from the total I O block size to calculate the actual number of PROFIBUS O data per backplane 1 0 block and where the break points between data blocks will be in the PROFIBUS data arrays ProSoft Technology Inc Page 39 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here User Manual Adjusting the Connection Sizes for Your Application Note ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB version 2 2 0 or higher will automatically make the following adjustments for you based on the configuration information you enter in PCB The newer versions of PCB allow you to export custom made RSLogix 5000 L5X A
4. COF Copy File Source Connection_Output Data 0 Dest Local 1 0 Data 0 Length 248 1OT Immediate Output Update Tag Local1 0 Rung 0 of 1 9 The procedure has also imported new user defined data types controller tags and controller tag arrays The new Add On Instruction can also be used through the new toolbar button at Add On tab 4 Hlal l 4 gt X Favorites Add On A Alarms Fi Bit Fi Timer Counter Fi 2 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 55 of 251 Start Here User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Adding Multiple Modules Optional Flex Important If your application requires more than one MVI56 PDPMV1 module into the same project follow the steps below 1 Inthe O Configuration folder click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu and then choose NEW MODULE 1 0 Configuration Ml Se 1756 Backplane 1756 4 fq 0 1756 L63 MyCen New Module i 1 1756 MODULE M E ose Mas a 2 Select 1756 MODULE E Select Module Description 1756 L62 ControlLogix5562 Controller 1756 L625 ControlLogix55625 Safety Controller 1756 L63 ControlLogix5563 Controller 1756 L64 ControlLogix556 Controller 1756 M024E 2 Axis Analog Encoder Servo 1756 M0245 2 Axis Analog SSI Servo 1756 M035E 3 Axis SERCOS Interface 1756 M085E 8 Axis SERCOS Interface 1756 M08S5EG 8 Axis Generic SERCOS Interface 1756 M165E 1
5. Command Data Size Frame Count Frame Number Offset high Offset Low Extended Word 1 Extended Word 2 Extended Word 3 Extended Word 4 Extended Word 5 Extended Word 6 Extended Word 7 Extended Word 8 7 See individual 149 commands COIN OD a R oOo N o oO e e 4 N 4 wo ne KR oa Page 146 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 3 5 Mailbox Message Commands 3 5 1 Mailbox Message Set Slave Mode In addition to station related user data transfer which is executed automatically the Master can send control commands to a single slave a group of slaves or all slaves simultaneously These control commands are transmitted as multicast commands This permits use of sync and freeze modes for event controlled synchronization of the slaves The slaves begin sync mode when they receive a sync command from their assigned Master The outputs of all addressed slaves are then frozen in their current state During subsequent user data transmissions the output data are stored on the slaves but the output states remain unchanged The stored output data are not sent to the outputs until the next sync command is received Sync mode is concluded with the unsync command Similarly a freeze control command causes the addressed slaves to assume freeze mo
6. E HTML Help lol x K Hide Back Print Options Contents Index Search 2 ProSoft Technology comDTI About ProSoft Technolo E QQ Guided Tour E Creation of a new FL comDTM Dialogs Guided Tour More Bi Creation of a new FDT project R Ei Refer to the documentation and online help for your FDT frame program for specific FDT frame instructions ProSoft Technology Inc Page 221 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Using the ClPconnect Path Editor Example MVI56 PDPMV1 1756 ENBT Ethernet Rack 1 Slot Module Network Address 0 ControlLogix Processor 1 Any 2 MVI56 PDPMV1 3 1756 ENBT IP 105 102 0 12 1 Inthe Transport Path Editor click ADD then click CIPCONNECT PATH EDIT A Transport Path Editor x Serial Ethernet ClIPConnect PathId Path Name CIPConnect Path v2 PathName p 1 s 0 Add Delete Selected Path 2 CIPconnect Path Edit OK Cancel Page 222 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 Configure the path as shown in the following illustration and click CONSTRUCT CIP PATH to build the path in text format GPconnect Path Editor 6 ci Connect PATH EDITOR a Source Module IP Source Module Node Destination Module No Source Modu
7. Local 2 1 Local 2 0 MVISBPDPMY 1 4B 1756_MODULE C 0 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_ 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_ PDPM 1_ModuleDefinitio Create New Create New Create New Create New BARRPAR RRA PSSEPDPMYV 1_FLEX SetClearMode_MSG SetOperateMode_MSG SetSlaveAddress_MSG SetSlaveMode_MSG SetStopMode_MSG StartSlaves_MSG PSS6PDPM 1_FLEX MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE Create New Create New TE CE CE UE UER CE CE UE UE CR OE UE UE CER UER UE UE CE UE UE UE Create New Cancel Help 13 Click OK to confirm the import procedure Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions Nams Ass For Data Type AcyclicRead_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New Acyclicwrite_MSG_2 MESSAGE Connection_Input_2 PDPM1_Connection_Input PDPM 1_Connection_Output MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE Create New 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_S00Bytes 0 Discard J AB 1756_MODULE_INT_4968ytes 0 0 Discard PDPM1_ModuleDefinition Create New PS56PDPMV 1_FLEX MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE Create New Create New Connection_Output_2 Create New GetAlarm_MSG_2 GetLiveList_ MSG_2 GetMailbox_MSG_2 GetSlaveCfg_ MSG_2 GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG_2 GetStatus_MSG_2 Local 2 1 Local 2 0 MVISSPDPMY1_2 PSS6PDPMYV1_FLEx_2 SetClearMode_MSG_2 SetOperateMode_MSG_2 SetSlaveAddress_MSG_2 SetSlaveMode_MSG_2 SetStopMode_MSG_2 StartSlaves_MSG_2 StopSlaves_MSG_2
8. Locat1 0 AB 1756_MODULE_INT Create New F Local 2 C AB 1756_MODULE C 0 Create New Local 2 AB 1756_MODULE_INT_ Create New k FLocal 2 0 AB 1756_MODULE INT Create New 8 E MVIS8PDPMV1 PDPM1_ModuleDefinitio Teste New PSS6PDPMV1_FLEX PSS6PDPM 1_FLEX Create New f E SetClearMode_MSG MESSAGE Treats New 9 9 TR j 5 j j 5 j 5 J j j 5 j 5 J J 5 J j SetOperateMode_MSG MESSAGE Create New SetSlaveAddress_MSG MESSAGE SetSlaveMode_MSG MESSAGE SetStopMode_MSG MESSAGE Cancel Help Controller cea e ProSoft Technology Inc Page 61 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Output Connection Variable Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions Nams Ass For AcyclicRead_MSG_2 Acyclicwrite_MSG_2 Connection_Input_2 MESSAGE Create New MESSAGE PDPM 1_Connection_Input PDPM 1_Connection_Output MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE Create New 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_500Bytes 1 0 Discard 4AB 1756_MODULE_INT_496Bytes 0 0 Use Existing Create New Create New Create New Connection_Output_2 Create New GetAlarm_MSG_2 GetLiveList_MSG_2 GetMailbox_MSG_2 GetSlaveCfg_ MSG_2 GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG_2 GetStatus_MSG_2 Local 2 1 Local 2 0 Name j FLocal 1 0 Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New B 1756_MODULE INT Create New j Local 2
9. m Configured Drivers If you see the status as running you will not be able to use this com port for anything other than communication to the processor To stop the driver press the STOP button on the side of the window Configure Start Stop Delete 5 After you have stopped the driver you will see the following Configure Drivers A Available Driver Types Configured Drivers Name and Description Status AB_DF1 1 DH485 Sta 10 COM1 STOPPED Stopped 6 You may now use the com port to connect to the debug port of the module Note You may need to shut down and restart your PC before it will allow you to stop the driver usually only on Windows NT machines If you have followed all of the above steps and it will not stop the driver then make sure you do not have RSLogix open If RSLogix is not open and you still cannot stop the driver then reboot your PC Page 182 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 4 3 2 RS 232 Configuration Debug Port This port is physically an RJ45 connection An RJ45 to DB 9 adapter cable is included with the module This port permits a PC based terminal emulation program to view configuration and status data in the module and to control the module The cable pinout for communications on this port is shown in the following diagram
10. General Connection Module Info Backplane Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local Connection Parameters Assembly X Instance Size Name MVIS6PDPM 1 Input 1 58 Sj 16 bit Description Output 2 55 16 bit Configuration 4 0 Bit Comm Format Zz Slot 1 Status Offline Cancel Help For this scenario each backplane block reserves 50 words for PROFIBUS I O data The configured PROFIBUS I O size 100 words will not fit into one block so two backplane input blocks and two backplane output blocks will be required Backplane Block Overview Block Input Total word count PROFIBUS Data Initial PROFIBUS Data Last PROFIBUS Data Number Output in backplane Word Count in Word Offset in Word Offset in block backplane block backplane block backplane block 1 Input 58 50 0 49 2 Input 58 50 50 99 1 Output 55 50 0 49 2 Output 55 50 50 99 Note This configuration would be inefficient and is therefore not recommended The first example Scenario 1 is a more efficient configuration that will accomplish the same thing This example is here solely to illustrate how changing the I O sizes without changing the amount of PROFIBUS data to be transferred will affect the number of I O data blocks the module will need to transfer Page 46 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Start Here User Manual Scenario 4 The PROF
11. Page 10 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 1 3 Installing ProSoft Configuration Builder Software You must install the ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB software to configure the module You can always get the newest version of ProSoft Configuration Builder from the ProSoft Technology website http www prosoft technology com The filename contains the version of PCB For example PCB_4 1 0 4 0206 exe To install ProSoft Configuration Builder from the ProSoft Technology website 1 Open your web browser and navigate to www prosoft technology com pcb 2 Click the link at the Current Release Version section to download the latest version of ProSoft Configuration Builder 3 Choose SAVE or SAVE FILE when prompted 4 Save the file to your Windows Desktop so that you can find it easily when you have finished downloading 5 When the download is complete locate and open the file and then follow the instructions on your screen to install the program If you do not have access to the Internet you can install ProSoft Configuration Builder from the ProSoft Solutions DVD included in the package with your module To install ProSoft Configuration Builder from the DVD 1 Insert the ProSoft Solutions DVD into the DVD drive of your PC Wait for the startup screen to appear 2 On the startup screen navigate to your product by selecting the prop
12. SetOperateMode_MSG SetOperateMode_ MSG_2 SetSlaveAddress_MSG SetSlaveAddress MSG_2 SetSlaveMode_MSG SetSlaveMode_MSG_2 SetStopMode_MSG SetStopMode_MSG_2 StartSlaves_MSG StartSlaves_MSG_2 StopSlaves_MSG StopSlaves_MSG_2 CoP __ Copy File K Source Connection_Output_2 Data 0 Dest Local 2 0 Data 0 Lenath 248 1aT Immediate Output Update Tag Local 2 0 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 65 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 1 8 Common Settings for All Sample Programs Certain parameter options are common to all the various versions of ladder logic and Add On Instruction sample programs Specific settings for these parameters vary based on which sample is used and the details of your specific custom application 1 8 1 Choosing the Controller Type This sample application shows a 1756 L63 ControlLogix 5563 Controller selected If you are using a different model of the ControlLogix processor you must configure the sample program to use the correct processor model To change the controller type 1 In RSLogix 5000 once you have loaded a sample program or started a new project right click the Controller lt Name gt folder at the top of the Controller Organizer pane to open a shortcut menu or you may left click the Processor D icon in the Online Toolbar i RSLogix 5000 MVIS6
13. 2 Click CONSTRUCT CIP PATH to build the path in text format 3 Click OK to confirm the configured path The following examples should provide a better understanding on how to set up the path for your network 2 4 1 Example 1 Local Rack Application For this example the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is located in the same rack as the 1756 ENBT that is connected to the PC MVI56 PDPMV 1 1756 ENBT Ethernet Rack 1 Slot Module Network Address 0 ControlLogix Processor 1 Any 2 MVI56 PDPMV1 3 1756 ENBT IP 105 102 0 12 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 109 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 1 Inthe Download window click CIP PATH EDIT Download files from PC to module j STEP 1 Select Communication Path 1756 ENBT T Select Connection Type Ethernet t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 0 STEP 2 Transfer File s DOWNLOAD ClIPconnect CIP Path Edit Test Connection 2 Configure the path as shown in the following illustration and click CONSTRUCT CIP PATH to build the path in text format CiPconnect Path Editor f Connect PATH EDITOR No Sonce Modde Source Module IP Source Module Node Address Address I 1756 ENBT t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 2 Destination Module 192 168 0100 O MVIS6 Module Destination Module Slot Number a Add Rack Delete Rack Construc
14. 44 Scenario 2 Page 250 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master The PROFIBUS data fits into two backplane blocks different PROFIBUS data count per block 45 Scenario 3 The PROFIBUS data fits into two backplane blocks same PROFIBUS data count per block 46 Scenario 4 The PROFIBUS data fits into ten backplane blocks same PROFIBUS data count per block 47 Selecting the Connection Parameters for the Module 18 69 Selecting the RPI Time for the Module 71 Selecting the Slot Number for the Module 69 Sending a Mailbox Message in RSLogix 5000 119 127 Sending Mailbox Commands 135 Set_Param SAP61 99 Setting Module Parameters 70 79 81 Setting Up the Project 79 80 Software Requirements Minimum 213 Special Function Mailbox Messaging Commands 145 Standard PROFIBUS Slave Diagnostic Bytes 194 Start Here 9 Starting FDT 215 Support Service amp Warranty 247 Supported PROFIBUS Services 208 System Requirements 9 213 T Token Passing 200 U Using FLEX Mode MSG Instructions 132 Using ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB for Diagnostics 181 Using The Autoscan Feature 89 Using the ClPconnect Path Editor 219 222 Using the Diagnostic Window in ProSoft Configuration Builder 184 Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Instruction 13 19 20 Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Sample Ladder Logic 19 20 103 V
15. At this time you may wish to rename the DEFAULT PROJECT and DEFAULT LOCATION folders in the tree view To rename an object 1 Select the object and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu From the shortcut menu choose RENAME 2 Type the name to assign to the object 3 Click away from the object to save the new name Page 82 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 3 Configuring the PROFIBUS Master In this section you will configure the PROFIBUS Maste and add PROFIBUS slaves to the PROFIBUS network You will then download the configuration information to the module You will also export the I O maps for the processor 1 In PCB tree view click to expand the MV 56 PDPMV 1 tree and then double click the PROFIBUS DP icon This action opens the PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box 2 Inthe PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box click the CONFIGURE PROFIBUS button This action opens the ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS application 3 Click to expand the PROFIBUS Master tree 4 Drag the PROFIBUS Master icon into the Bus Configuration window This is automatically done by the software for new applications x ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS MVI56 PDPMV1 Project View PROFIBUS Online Option Tools Windows Help HB 64a s icles z 4 PROFIBUS DP
16. Note For this procedure you must connect a serial cable from the serial port on your PC to the DB9M connector on the ControlLogix processor Open the sample ladder logic in RSLogix 5000 Open the COMMUNICATIONS menu and choose GO ONLINE In the Controller Organization window double click CONTROLLER TAGS Expand the MVIS6PDPMV1 and MVIS6PDPMV1 Mailbox Command tags Enter 1 number one in the tag MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Command GetLiveList and then press Enter to send the mailbox message from the processor to the MVI56 PDPMV1 akhOND Note The Mailbox string will only be available for the Legacy sample program For the FLEX sample program the controller tag is MVISBGPDPMV1 Command GetLiveList M I56PD PM 1 MailboxCommand faced MVI56PDPMY 1 MailboxCommand StopMode 0 MVI56PDPM 1 MailboxCommand O perateMode 0 MVISSPDPMY1 MailboxCommand Clearklode 0 MVI56PDPMY 1 MailboxCommand SynchCRC 0 oe MVI56PDPM 1 MailboxCommand GetLiveList MVI56PDPMY 1 MailboxCommand GetSlaveConfig 0 MV IS6PDPMV 1 MailboxCommand SetSlaveM ode 0 MVI56PDPM 1 MailboxCommand GetSlaveDiagnostics 0 MV IS6PDPM 1 MailboxCommand SetSlaveAddress 0 MVI56PDPMY 1 MailboxCommand AcyclicRead 0 MVI56PDPM 1 MailboxCommand Acyclicw rite 0 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 127 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Use
17. Slave List Structure Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 15 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 BitO Slave 27 Slave 26 Slave 25 Slave 39 Slave 38 Slave 37 Slave 36 Slave35 Slave 34 Slave 33 Slave 127 Slave 126 Slave 125 Slave 124 Slave 123 Slave 122 Slave 121 Slave 120 Byte Offset Start End Name Description 74 74 PROFIBUS pad byte to make data word aligned not used 75 75 PROFIBUS Master Operating PROFIBUS Master operating state State 0x0000 0ffline 0x4000 Stop 0x8000 Clear 0xC000 0perate 76 77 PROFIBUS Ident Number PROFIBUS Master PNO Ident number Bytes will be swapped 78 81 PROFIBUS Master Serial Number Unique 32 bit serial number for the PROFIBUS Master 82 83 PROFIBUS Software Version Software version number for the PROFIBUS Master software Example for Version 1 40 High Byte 0x40 Low Byte 0x01 Page 242 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Reference User Manual Byte Offset Start End Name Description 84 85 PROFIBUS Master Module Status Represents the PROFIBUS Master module s operating status Bit 2 Application Status 0 Application Stopped 1 Application Running Bit 8 Data exchange FBRS 0 There is no data exchange with any of the assigned slaves 1 There is data exchange with at least one of the a
18. User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Byte7 Spec_User_Prm_Byte Bit Name Significance Default State 0 Dis_Startbit The start bit monitoring in the receiver Dis_Startbit 1 is switched off with this bit Start bit monitoring is switched off 1 Dis_Stopbit Stop bit monitoring in the receiver is Dis_Stopbit 0 switched off with this bit Stop bit monitoring is not switched off 2 WD_Base This bit specifies the time base used to WD_Base 0 clock the watchdog The time base is 10 ms WD_Base 0 time base 10 ms WD_Base 1 time base 1 ms 3to4 Res To be parameterized with 0 0 5 Publisher_Enable DXB publisher functionality of the Publisher_Enable 0 DXB request SPC3 is activated with this bit telegrams are ignored Publisher_Enable 1 DXB request telegrams are processed 6 to7 Res To be parameterized with 0 0 2 3 3 Printing the Processor Network Memory Map The Processor Memory Map dialog box uses the information about your PROFIBUS Master and slaves to display the data types you configured You will need this information to determine the memory areas your application will use in the ControlLogix processor To view or print the Processor Network Memory Map 1 On the Master Setup dialog box click the SHow Memory MAP button near the bottom of the window PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup PROFIBUS Master Module Communications Profibus Editor Not started Select Port 1756 ENBT X t 192 168 0 100 p 1 5 0 Test Connection CIP
19. e Works with all module firmware versions use LEGACY mode for backward compatibility in older applications e Since all parameters are fixed configuration is simpler than FLEX mode e Status data is bought across the backplane as I O data without the need for additional logic to trigger MSG instructions FLEX mode implements the following features e Supports variable backplane I O block sizes input backplane block size can be set from 12 words to 250 words output backplane block size can be set from 5 to 248 words e Status Slave Diagnostic and Mailbox data transferred through MSG instructions e Supports IOT instruction for immediate write of backplane output When transfer speed for smaller data configurations is a priority or when backward compatibility is not required consider using FLEX mode which provides these advantages e Makes it easier to support installing the module in a remote rack The flexible backplane I O block size allows you to adjust the amount of data to transfer for any remote rack application and optimize network bandwidth utilization e Improves backplane I O block transfer performance by implementing MSG instructions to retrieve module status This means regular I O block transfers are not needed for status data so process I O data can be updated more often The same applies to Mailbox MSG data transfers e Improves backplane performance by implementing the IOT instruction for Immediate Output Transf
20. me we e Oe e ee 100000 mW 0 0 00 0 0 e 100000 oo oo 0 0 C2 16 0000 0 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 133 of 251 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master The status data retrieved from the module is stored in the MV IS6PDPMV1 Status controller tag structure It includes e General module information e Backplane communication status e PROFIBUS slaves status configured exchanging data reporting diagnostics MVIS6PDPMY 1 Status on MYVI56PDPMY 1 Status Pattern Tassy MVI56PDPMY1 Status Pattern 0 m MYVI56PDPMY 1 Status Pattern 1 A MVI56PDPMY 1 Status Pattern 2 Le MVI5SSPDPM Y1 Status Pattern 3 EA MVIS6PDPMY1 Status Pattern 4 p MVI56PDPMY 1 Status Pattern 5 D MVI56PDPMY 1 Status Pattern 6 p MVI56PDPM 1 Status Pattern M MYISSPDPM Y1 Status Pattern 8 iy MVI56PDPM 1 Status Pattern 3 uji MVI56PDPM 1 Status Pattern 1 0 00 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Pattern 1 1 00 MYI56PDPMY 1 Status Input_Size 200 MVISBPDPM 1 Status Output_Size 200 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Reserved 0 MYVISSPDPMY1 Status Reserved2 0 MVIS6PDPMY 1 Status Reserved 0 MYVISSPDPMY1 Status Input_Swap 0 MVI5S6PDPMV1 Status Output_Swap 0 MYIS6PDPM 1 Status Module_MajorVer 1l MVIS5S6PDPM1 Status Module_Minor Yer 21 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbu
21. 16 Word Dut 16 Word In A 32 Word Out 32 Word In 2Word Out 8 Word In 4 Word Out 16 Word In 8 Word Out 32 Word In 8 Word Out 2 Word In 16 Word Out 4 Word In R 32 Word Out 8 Word In A 4 Byte buffer 1 0 A 8 Byte buffer 1 0 12 Byte buffer 1 0 16 Byte buffer 1 0 ff PROFIBUS Master For each new slave added to the PROFIBUS network PCB automatically converts the input output byte addresses to word input output addresses for the tag database in the processor Tip To make it easier to view the data from individual slaves give each slave a meaningful name and place each slave s I O areas in contiguous blocks Use thePrinting the Processor Network Memory Map page 100 as an aid to cross referencing the slave I O data in RSLogix 5000 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 87 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 6 Double click the SLAVE icon to view the Slave Properties 3 Slave properties EM 277 PROFIBUS DP Parameter assignment GS file siem089d gsd Module PROFIBUS address Vendor Siemens r oF 7 3 a Family path PLCs Activate Slave Watchdog Slave name EM 277 PROFIBUS DP Maximum baud rate 12000 kBit sec Model name EM 277 PROFIBUS DP Sync freeze property SYNC Comment PCB automatically assigns a PROFIBUS address to each new slave The address assignment begins at address 3 an
22. 3 Capacitive by pass terminal ProSoft Technology Inc Page 207 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 2 7 Supported PROFIBUS Services The following table lists all available services according to the PROFIBUS specification Service PROFIBUS Master Class 1 Master Class 2 Version Request Response Request Response DDLM_Data Exchange DP V0 Yes No DDLM_Set_Prm DP V0 Yes No DDLM_Chk_cfg DP VO Yes No DDLM Slave Diag DP V0 Yes No DDLM_Global_Control DP V0 Yes No DDLM_Get_Cfg DP VO Yes DDLM_Set_Slave_Add DP VO Yes DDLM_Read_Input DP V0 No DDLM_Read_Output DP V0 No DDLM_Get_Master_Diag DP V0 Yes DDLM_Start_Seq DP V0 No No DDLM_Download DP V0 No No DDLM_Upload DP VO No No DDLM_End_Seq DP VO No No DDLM_Act_Param_Brct DP VO0 No No DDLM_Act_Param DP VO0 No No MSAC1_Read DP V1 Yes MSAC1_Write DP V1 Yes MSAL1_ Alarm DP V1 Yes MSAL1_Alarm_Ack DP V1 Yes MSAC2_Initiate DP V1 No MSAC2_Read DP V1 No MSAC2_Write DP V1 No MSAC2_DataTransport DP V1 No MSAC2_Abort DP V1 No Data_eXchange_Broadcast DP V2 No Isochrone_mode Takt sync DP V2 No Extended_Set_Prm Subscriber DP V2 No Page 208 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 3 PROFIBUS comDTM DTM Device Type Manager is a
23. Comments Adjust your computer settings For vision Installs and troubleshoots hardware Install or remove programs and Windows 1 Configure administrative settings For your Set np Windaws Fn attamatically deliver in BACKPACK Finder Controls Mail settings For combit List amp Label Set the date time and time zone for your Change the appearance of your desktop SCHNEIDER Drivers Manager Customize the display of files and folders Add change and manage fonts on your Add remove and configure game control Configures and tests Intel R PRO Family Configure your Internet display and conne gt Install or remove programs and Windows components j ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 225 of 251 Reference User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 Select PROSOFT TECHNOLOGY COM DTM and then click on the link CLICK HERE FOR SUPPORT INFORMATION Add or Remove Programs Change or Remove Programs Add New Programs Add Remove Windows Components Set Program Currently installed programs and updates Show updates Sort by Name 8 ProSoft Technology COM DTM Click here for support information To change this program or remove it from your computer click Change or Remove EERE Gp ProWORX 32 gH Python 2 5 1 169 00MB ed RadioLinx 20 40MB aE RadioLinx IH Browser 0 64MB O RealOne Player 26 08MB Rocket Time 1 79MB fey RocketPort
24. Rename B Copy HE PRC Choose Module Type View Configuration Write to Compact Flash Download From PC to Device Upload from Device to PC Diagnostics 2 Inthe Select Connection Type dropdown list choose 1756 ENBT The default path appears in the text box as shown in the following illustration Download files from PC to module STEP 1 Select Communication Path Select Connection Type 1756 ENBT Bd Browse Device Ethernet 92 168 D 250 jse Default IP CIPconnect t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 0 CIP Path Edit STEP 2 Transfer File s DOWNLOAD Abort Test Connection 6 Cancel ProSoft Technology Inc Page 107 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 Click CIP PATH EDIT to open the C Pconnect Path Editor dialog box CPconnect Path Editor f Connect PATH EDITOR Source Module IP Source Module Node Destination Modul Destination Module Address Address Seriaj hd Slot Number E 1756 ENBT 192 168 0 250 O MVISEE Module 0 No Source Module 192 168 0 250 0 1 s 0856 Add Rack Delete Rack Construct CIP Path Cancel The C Pconnect Path Editor allows you to define the path between the PC and the MVI56 PDPMV1 module The first connection from the PC is always the 1756 ENBT module Ethernet IP Each row corresponds to a physical rack in the CIP path If the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is lo
25. The request block contains the mailbox request according to the data listed in Output Mailbox Legacy Mode page 143 The module immediately responds with a confirmation message consisting of the Mailbox Out Message Response block to the processor containing the same block ID as the request block After the mailbox request is processed by the module it sends the Mailbox In Message Response block to the processor block ID between 100 and 109 NOTE The block ID in the Mailbox In Message Response block may not necessarily be the same as the one sent in the Mailbox Out Message during the mailbox request This is because using Mailbox Messaging is a multi stage process 1 Send a special Output block to tell the module to send the Acyclic Mailbox Message to a specific slave 2 Wait for the module to receive the receive the slave s response and notify the ladder logic that a response in available 3 Send a special Output block to tell the module to send the slave s response to the Acyclic Message It takes two separate actions using special block IDs to complete a Mailbox Message cycle First a Mailbox Message is sent and then once the reply has been received a second action is performed to retrieve the slave s response Therefore the ladder should refer to the command data rather than block ID to copy the mailbox response to the correct controller tag For example command 02 gt Set Operating Mode Response 1 3 3 1 Input Mail
26. 121 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 2 5 3 Viewing the Fieldbus Data from the MVI56 PDPMV1 s Configuration Debug Menu Note For this procedure you must connect a serial cable from the serial port on your PC to the RJ45 to DB9M adaptor cable on the MVI56 PDPMV1 module In ProSoft Configuration Builder select the MVI56 PDPMV1 MODULE then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose DIAGNOSTICS This action opens the Diagnostics dialog box Press to display the main menu and then press 2 to view Fieldbus data Diagnostics Time 13 40 32 MVI56 PDPM COMMUNICATION MODULE MENU Display Menu B Block Transfer Statistics C Module Configuration I Input Data View O Output Data View V Version Information 1 Module Status 2 Fieldbus Data 3 Control Registers Esc Exit Program N ooo oOoOoOoOoOoOoe OFIELDBUS DATA Operation State cee Sore ling 40 Stop 80 Clear CO Operate OIdent Number 18 SLAVE CFG LIS DOA 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 OTRANSFER LIST 008 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 20 DSLAVE DIAG LI 200 00 00 00 00 60 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Com 1 v Connection DownLoad Config Log ToFile Email Log to Support I Clear File Close 4 Note the value in Operation State If the Master and the slave are 5 communicating correc
27. 2 Remote Rack Application ccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeneaas 114 2 5 Verifying Correct Operation ccceccceceeeceeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeesaaeeeneeeseaeeesaeeseeeeeneeesaas 119 2 5 1 Checking the PROFIBUS LEDs on the MVI56 PDPMV1 on cc 119 2 5 2 Viewing the Online Status of the PROFIBUS Network cccccccesseeeeesteeeees 120 2 5 3 Viewing the Fieldbus Data from the MVI56 PDPMV1 s Configuration Debug Menu122 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 5 of 251 July 29 2015 Contents User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 2 5 4 Viewing the Controller Tags in RSLogix 5000 c ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeeeeeeeaees 125 2 5 5 Sending a Mailbox Message in RSLogix 5000 ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 127 3 Mailbox Messaging 129 3 1 Mailbox Message Queuing ccccsceceeeeeceneeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeaas 130 3 1 1 Que e TIMMS OUTS ss iienaa aa aaaea n aaa ae aa slay cep a Eaa eda adaa 130 3 2 Flex Mode Mailbox CoMmmMUNiCation cceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeneeeaas 130 3 2 1 Using FLEX Mode MSG Instructions ccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeeas 132 3 2 2 Retrieving Status Information cccccccceeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeseaeseeeeeeaas 132 3 2 3 Sending Mailbox Commands ccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeesaaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeseneeseenees 1
28. 2 Hardware Specifications Specification Description Backplane Current Load 800 mA 5 VDC 3 mA 24 VDC Operating Temperature 0 C to 60 C 32 F to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 C to 85 C 40 F to 185 F Shock 30 g operational 50 g non operational Vibration 5 g from 10 Hz to 150 Hz Relative Humidity 5 to 95 with no condensation LED Indicators Module Status Backplane Transfer Status Application Status Serial Activity and Error LED Status Debug Configuration port CFG CFG Port CFG RJ45 DB 9M with supplied cable RS 232 only ClPConnect Ethernet routing using 1756 ENBT 1756 EN2T or similar Shipped with Unit RJ45 to DB 9M cables for each port 6 foot RS 232 configuration cable 5 1 3 Functional Specifications The inRAx PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master module acts as a PROFIBUS network scanner transferring input and output data between PROFIBUS devices and processor data memory over the backplane Master Busview configuration interface via included ProSoft Configuration Builder software Part Number PSW PCB Project unique GSD file import library Monitoring and modification of process data and DPV1 acyclic data Multi drop on a PROFIBUS DPV1 network with other compatible devices Automatic project documentation Automatic Bus Parameter calculation Online slave diagnostics Supports all standardized baud rates up to 12 Mbps Supports extended diagnostic data DPV1 Multiple Mast
29. 5 4 Module Functional OVerview cccccccccsssececsesneeeceeseeeeeesaeeeescaeeeeeeaeeeessnaeeseseaas 230 5 4 1 Legacy Mode Input and Output Data BIOCKS 0 cccccccsseeeeessneeeeesseeeeesnaeeeeseaes 231 5 4 2 Flex Mode Input and Output Data Blocks 0 eccccecsceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeneees 238 6 Support Service amp Warranty 247 6 1 Contacting Technical Support cccceecceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeeeeeeeaas 247 6 2 Warranty Information eeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaeeeeeseeeeeeseneeeeeeeeaaees 248 Index 249 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 7 of 251 July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual ProSoft Technology Inc Page 8 of 251 July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 1 Start Here In This Chapter System Requirements cccesceeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeaeeseaeeeseeeteaeeeaten 9 Package Contents asirasi aa aae aa ee aS d a 10 Installing ProSoft Configuration Builder Software seeseeeseeeeeeeeeee 11 Installing the Module in the Rack essceeseeeessneeeeeeneeerenneeeereneeeeee 12 Choosing Sample Ladder Logic For Your Application ceeeeee 13 Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Sample Ladder Logic cceeceeeeeeeeee 19 Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Instruction eceeeeee
30. Backing Up the Project 105 Basic Troubleshooting Steps 175 Battery Life Advisory 3 Block ID Numbers for Transfer 231 238 Bus Access 200 Byte 0 Station Status 1 Bits 194 Byte 1 Station Status 2 Bits 194 Byte 2 Station Status 3 Bits 195 Byte 3 Master Address 195 Byte 4 Ident Number High 195 Byte 5 Ident Number Low 195 C Changing and Importing Configuration Changes for PCB v 2 2 0 and up only 73 105 Checking the comDTM Install Version 225 Checking the comDTM Version 224 Checking the Install Version for Vista 227 Checking the PROFIBUS LEDs on the MV156 PDPMV1 119 Choosing Sample Ladder Logic For Your Application 13 35 Choosing the Controller Type 66 CIP Generic Messages 245 CIP Message Support 245 Common Settings for All Sample Programs 19 20 66 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module 79 Configuring the PROFIBUS Master 79 83 Configuring the PROFIBUS Slaves 85 101 125 128 Connecting the comDTM to the Master to Establish Communication 217 Connecting Your PC to the Module 78 Constructing a Bus Cable for PROFIBUS DP 203 Contacting Technical Support 247 COP Instruction input 42 COP Instruction output 43 Creating a New RSLogix5000 Project 48 Creating a New RSLogix5000 Project Legacy 21 Creating the Module Legacy 20 22 Creating the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module Profile Flex 20 49 D DB9 to RJ45 Adaptor
31. Block ID Input Data Block Block ID 1 to n This block contains the previous input data received from the slaves Input Data Block Format Input Image Local 1 1 Data Controller Tag You can find the contents of the Input Data Block Input Image in the Local 1 l Data user controller tags in RSLogix Word Offset Start End Name Description 0 0 Block Write ID Block ID of the next write block to transfer from the processor to the module 1 2 PROFIBUS CRC32 value CRC32 checksum for PROFIBUS Master configuration downloaded from configuration utility 3 4 Module CRC32 value MV1I56 PDPMV1 module configuration checksum for module configuration downloaded from configuration utility 5 CIP Mailbox MSG Index Latches bit 15 if new mailbox response is available 6 CIP Alarm MSG Index Latches bit 15 if new alarm response is available EL n 1 PROFIBUS Input Data PROFIBUS input data transferred from the PROFIBUS slaves n n Block Read ID Block ID of this read block Page 240 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Reference User Manual MSG Status Data Details The ControlLogix processor may periodically send a MSG request to retrieve the status data from the MVI56 PDPMV1 module The types of data returned in the PROFIBUS Input Status area include MVI56 software revision level MVI56 module statistics Module configuration data valu
32. Bus Cable for PROFIBUS DP The bus cable for connecting PROFIBUS DP devices must be constructed by the user A special PROFIBUS cable twisted pair is required here This standard cable is available from various manufacturers and is a Belden part number 3079A If you plan to construct your own bus cable the following part numbers are provided for your convenience e PROFIBUS connector Siemens part number 6ES7972 0BA40 0XA0 e PROFIBUS cable Belden part number 3079A To construct the cable proceed as follows 1 Cut the cable to the required length 2 Prepare the cable ends as shown in the illustration dimensions in mm 20 J PVC Jacket S Braided shielding 3 Remove the PVC jacket J to the indicated length 4 Wrap the provided copper shielding F around the shield braiding S F J J PVC jacket S Braided shielding F Copper foil shielding Additional foil can be obtained from 3M ProSoft Technology Inc Page 203 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 Plug the leads of the corresponding cable s into the terminals as shown o Green leads in terminal A o Red lead in terminal B Note Do not tighten the corresponding screws yet Connection terminal assignment on the PROFIBUS DP Incoming cable Outgoing cable Connection terminals only once B A Cable cleat for reliving tension Bus connector screws moov Page 204 of 251 ProSo
33. CA CATA TATA See 7 Click OK to confirm the import Importing Creating datatype PDPMY1_Module Page 54 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Start Here User Manual 8 The new rung will be now visible in the ladder logic showing also the PS56PDPMV1_FLEX Add On Instruction RSLogix 5000 MyController 1756 L63 MainProgram MainRoutine amp File Edit view Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help alsm S 2 Offline EZ No Forces Ge PSS6PDPMV1_FLEX a Parameters and Local Tar B amp B Logic E Prescan J Data Types Gi User Defined PDPMY 1_AcyclicRead PDPMY1_AcyclicRead_In PDPMY 1_AcyclicRead_Ov PDPMV1_AcyclicWrite PDPMV1_AcyclicWrite_In PDPMY 1_AcyclicWrite_Or PDPMV1_Alarm PDPMY1_backplane PDPMV1_Backplane_IOSi PDPM 1_Configuration PDPMV1_Connection_Ing PDPMY 1_Connection_Ou ta PDPMY1_Control la PDPMY1_ControlCommar PDPMY1_Data 2 PDPMV1 Fieldbus ao PDPMY1_GetLiveList PDPMV1_GetSlaveConfig PDPMV1_GetSlaveConfig PDPMV1_GetSlaveConfig PDPMV1_GetSlaveDiagnc PDPMV1_GetSlaveDiagnc PDPMV1_GetSlaveDiagne PDPMV1_Mailbox PDPMV1_Module PDPMY1_ModuleDefinitior PDPMV1_MSGUtil PDPMV1_MSGUtiITotal PDPMY1_other_status PDPMV1_PROFIBUS_IOS y gt atey URS v EF EsEJEJEJE fio En A En E E E eh SSS 58 MVIS6 PDPM V1 Add On v1 0 Release Prosoft Technolo
34. Configuration files plus the GSD configuration files The default location for the GSD files is C Documents and Settings All Users Application Data ProSoft GSD Windows XP 2000 or C My Documents PCB does this complete backup for you automatically The default location for these backup files is C PCBExportFiles All the files associated with your PCB configuration will be stored in a folder with the same name as the name you used to save your PCB configuration ppf file When you exit PCB you will be prompted to overwrite your Export folder files ProSoft Configuration Builder A Export folder exists Overwrite If you have made changes to your configuration settings you should click the YES button every time you see this dialog box to have the backup files updated Having all the files for your PCB configuration stored in one folder makes it easier to transfer the application from one system to the other or to send your files to ProSoft Technical Support when you need assistance Page 106 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 4 Downloading the Project to the Module 1 Right click the MVI56 PDPMV1 module and choose DOWNLOAD FROM PC TO DEVICE Gi Untitled ProSoft Configuration Builder File View Project Tools Help Default Project La Default Location 4i him g Con Delete ga MVI
35. Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New Create New y y y y y i 9 y y y J9 19 y y y y y y y y y Cancel Help Page 62 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Start Here User Manual 14 The new rung will now be visible in the ladder logic Not Equal Source amp Source B MYVIS6PDPMY1_2 Util LastRead o NEG COP Local 2 1 Data 249 oe PS5S6PDPMV1_FLEX Connection_Input Connection_Output MYVIS6PDPMV1 AcyclicRead_MSG Acyclicwrite_MSG GetAlarm_MSG GetMailbox_MSG GetStatus_MSG GetLiveList_MSG GetSlaveCfg_MSG SetClearMode_MSG SetSlaveMode_MSG SetStopMode_MSG StartSlaves_MSG StopSlaves_MSG MVI56 PDPM 1 Add On MVI56 PDPM 1 Add On Flexible 1 0 GetSlaveDiagnostics_ MSG SetOperateMode_MSG SetSlaveAddress_MSG Copy File Source Local 2 Data 0 Dest Connection_Input_2 Data 0 Length 250 Flexible 1 0 PSS5S6PDPMV1_FLEX PSS6PDPMYV1_FLEX_2 Connection_Input_2 Connection_Output_2 MVI56PDPMV1_2 AcyclicRead_MSG_2 Acyclicwrite_MSG_2 GetAlarm_MSG_2 GetMailbox_MSG_2 GetStatus_MSG_2 GetLiveList MSG_2 GetSlaveCfg_MSG_2 GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG_2 SetClearMode_MSG_2 SetOperateMode MSG_2 SetSlaveAddress MSG_2
36. DPV1 Master Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module User Manual 2 5 4 Viewing the Controller Tags in RSLogix 5000 Note For this procedure you must connect a serial cable from the serial port on your PC to the DB9M connector on the ControlLogix processor kROND Open the sample ladder logic in RSLogix 5000 Open the COMMUNICATIONS menu and choose GO ONLINE In the Controller Organization window double click CONTROLLER TAGS Expand the MVIS6PDPMV1 MVIS6PDPMV1 Status and MVI56PDPMV1 Status Fieldbus tags MVI56PDPMV 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List PA MVI56PDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 0 2 0000_0000 MVI56PDPMY 11 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 1 MVI56PDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 2 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 3 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 4 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 5 MVI56PDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 6 MVI56PDPMY 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List MVI56PDPMY 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 8 MVI56PDPMY 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 3 MVI56PDPMY 11 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 10 MVI56PDPMY 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 11 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 12 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_S
37. Enter the slot number in the rack where the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is located Input Assembly Instance 1 Input Size Enter the number of words per backplane input block to copy from the module to the processor The allowable range is from 12 to 250 words Each input block will reserve 8 words for general purposes CRC block CIP handshaking The remainder is reserved for PROFIBUS input data Output Assembly Instance 2 Output Size Enter the number of words per backplane output block to copy from the module to the processor The allowable range is from 5 to 248 words Each output block will reserve 5 words for general purposes CRC and block handshaking The remainder is reserved for PROFIBUS output data Configuration Assembly Instance 4 Configuration Size 0 4 Click OK to confirm The new module is now visible 3 8 1 0 Configuration 6 1756 Backplane 1756 44 fa 0 1756 L63 MyController f 1 1756 MODULE MVIS6PDPMY 1 i 2 1756 MODULE MVIS6PDPMV1_2 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 29 of 251 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 Expand the Tasks folder and then expand the MainTask folder 6 On the MainProgram folder click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose NEW ROUTINE 7 Inthe New Routine dialog box enter the name and description of your routine and then click OK 8 Select a
38. Information Message data word 1 Message data word 2 Message data word 3 to 62 eel eel er eal Message data word 63 Page 168 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Command Message data word 1 63 Byte array stating which slave slaves to stop Array index is equal to slave address 0 Do not affect slave 1 Stop slave 2 255 Reserved Response Message information in response header Invalid Data Size is returned if Data size in the command header does not equal 126 If Invalid Other is returned further information is to be found in Extended word 8 Additional Fault information Extended word 7 If Extended word 8 equals 0x000A Failed to execute request additional info can be found here Fault information Extended word 8 0x0001 Invalid setting in Message data word 1 63 of the command 0x0002 At least one slave reports a warning Refer to Message data word 1 63 Ox000A Failed to execute request Additional fault information is to be found in Extended word 7 OxOOFF Module not initialized this command is only possible after END_INIT Message data word 1 63 Byte array stating the status of the slaves Array index is equal to slave address 0 Slave unaffected 1 Slave stopped 2 Warning Slave could not be stopped because it is not part of the configuration 3 Warning Slave alrea
39. MB 624 MB Adobe Systems Incorporated Kaspersky Lab a Microsoft Office Enterprise 2007 Microsoft Corporation 2 14 2008 E MSXML 4 0 SP2 KB936181 Microsoft Corporation 1 22 2008 1 26 MB MSXML 4 0 SP 4 1 26 MB Ref ProSoft Technology COM DTM ProSoft Technology Inc 3 5 2008 2 38 Mi O Synergy 272172008 2 26 MB _ UltraVNC v1 0 2 12 28 2007 3 76 MB WinPcap 4 0 1 1 28 2008 196 KB G3 ProSoft Technology COM DTM 4 Click the ORGANIZE tab and select LAYOUT gt DETAILS PANE UltraVNC CACE Technologies Publisher ProSoft Technology Inc Size 2 38 MB Support link http www prosoft technology com Tasks 7 Uninstall or change a program View installed updates To uninstall a program select it from the list and then click Uninstall Change or Repair Get new programs online at Windows Marketplace Installed On 1 23 2008 2 27 2008 11 28 2007 2 14 2008 1 22 2008 1 23 2008 3 5 2008 2 27 2008 12 28 2007 1 28 2008 Organize 3 Views W Uninstall Change Repair Publisher Adobe Systems Incorporated View purchased software digital locker New Folder Turn Windows features on or off Cut Adobe Systems Incorporated Kaspersky Lab Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Corporation ProSoft Technology Inc Copy Paste Undo Redo Install a program from the network Select All Menu Bar Layout Folder and Searc
40. Manager is used for the configuration and maintenance of field devices drives and so on It is only functional with an FDT container e The FDT container implements the FDT specification It serves as interface between FDT and a superior application It uses the DTMs to gain access to devices e FDT frame application is an engineering or configuration tool that has an FDT container The user interface of the DTMs is displayed here Page 210 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual To better understand the functionality of these components consider the analogy of the Internet a standard web browser allows users to view countless web pages created by many content providers The host system supplier typically creates the Frame Application just as Microsoft supplies the Internet Explorer web browser Just as a web browser opens a web page that contains code from the company that makes the web page an FDT frame opens the Device DTM which is the plug in software from the device vendor Similar to a web browser the Frame Application has menu bars toolbars and a navigation tree Visually the frame application surrounds the device vendor s DTM Like opening a web page from a favorites navigation tree a user can navigate down a tree that lists the field device tags click on one and open the device vendor s DTM inside the frame And like
41. Manual 3 Mailbox Messaging In This Chapter Mailbox Message Queuing eeceeeeeeeeneeeeneeteneeeeaeeteaeeeeaeeteaeeenaeetias 130 Flex Mode Mailbox Communication ccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeneetens 130 Legacy Mode Mailbox Communication cccceeseseeeeeeeteteeeenretens 142 Special Function Mailbox Messaging Commands ccceeeeeetee 145 Mailbox Message Commands ccesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeeteeeesaneteas 147 Mailbox Messaging Error Codes cesceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeteneeeeeeteneeeeeetias 170 The MVI56 PDPMV1 PROFIBUS DP Master uses a process called Mailbox Messaging to exchange parameter data between the processor Master and slave devices This process provides a way to encapsulate and prioritize commands and data sent between the PROFIBUS Master and slaves The PROFIBUS DP V1 protocol specifies two types of data transmission messages telegrams Cyclic Data Telegrams and Acyclic Data Telegrams Cyclic data communication is the exchange of normal slave input and output I O data and is handled automatically by the Master in a defined recurring deterministic sequence based on the configuration you create in ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB Acyclic communication extends data communication beyond normal I O data to allow moving field device parameterization and calibration data over the bus during runtime and to allow for extended diagnostics and alarm
42. Mycen l Mew Module f 1 1756 MODULE Mm W Select Module 1756 L62 1756 L625 1756 L63 1756 L64 1756 M024E 1756 M0245 1756 M035E 1756 M085E 1756 M085EG 1756 M165E 1756 MODULE 1756 0416 1756 04161 Description ControlLogix5562 Controller ControlLogix55625 Safety Controller ControlLogix5563 Controller ControlLogix556 Controller 2 Axis Analog Encoder Servo 2 Axis Analog SSI Servo 3 Axis SERCOS Interface 8 Axis SERCOS Interface 8 Axis Generic SERCOS Interface 16 Axis SERCOS Interface Generic 1756 Module 16 Point 744 265 AC Output 16 Point 74 26 AC Isolated Output v gt Find Add Favorite By Category By Vendor Favorites Page 28 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Start Here User Manual 3 Fill the module properties as follows New Module Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local Connection Parameters Assembly Instance Name VISBPDPMV 1_ 2 Input 1 16 bit Description Output 2 H 16bit Configuration 8 bit Comm Format Slot V Open Module Properties Parameter Value Name Enter a module identification string Example MVI56PDPMV1_2 Description Enter a description for the module Example ProSoft communication module for PROFIBUS communication Comm Format Select DATA INT Slot
43. PDPM Used i Cancel 3 Inthe Product Line Filter area of the dialog box select MVI56 In the Select Module Type dropdown list select MVI56 PDPMV1 and then click OK to save your settings and return to the main PCB window Page 80 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 2 Setting Module Parameters Notice that the contents of the information pane and the configuration pane changed when you added the MVI56 PDPMV1 module to the project The red X icon indicates that the module s configuration is incomplete S MVI56_PDPMV1_10041 5 ppf ProSoft Configuration Builder File View Project Tools Help 3 Default Project Name Status Information Ga Default Location MYI Profibus Master DPY1 All Tags Good MvIS6 PDPMV1 afa Comment B Module Comment aa MVI PDPM V1 EA MYI Profibus Master DPY1 T PROFIBUS DP Output Byte Swap Use Legacy Mode MVIS6 PDPMY1 In the following steps you will provide the missing information to make the red X S go away 1 Click the plus sign next to the module to expand the module tree and then expand the MVI PDPM V1 tree 2 Double click the MVI56 PROFIBUS MASTER object This action opens the Edit dialog box 3 Inthe Edit dialog box configure the values for INPUT DATA SIZE and OUTPUT DATA SIZE PROFIBUS input and output word
44. PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Output Database View Menu Press O from the Main menu to open the Database View menu Use this menu command to view the current contents of the module s database Press to view a list of commands available on this menu M Main Menu L D Database Menu Display Menu Redisplays refreshes this menu o 3 Pages 0 to 3000 Selects page 0 1000 2000 or 3000 S Show Again Redisplays last selected page of data Back 5 Pages Goes back five pages of data P Previous Page Goes back one page of data Skip 5 Pages Goes forward five pages of data N Next Page Goes forward one page of data D Decimal Display Displays data in decimal format H Hexadecimal Display Displays data in hex format F Float Display Displays data in floating point format A ASCII Display Displays data in text format M Main Menu Goes up one level to main menu Displaying the Current Page of Registers Again Press S from the Database View menu to show the current page of registers again DATABASE DISPLAY A TO 9 lt DECIMAL 166 161 162 4 11 12 14 1 eSeoeocegqoum Seeecseqann Seoegoeooegoqo
45. PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Acyclic Message Status Word Refer to Acyclic Message Status Word page 170 Slave Address Station address of the slave responder Slot Number and Slot Index Used in the slave to address the desired data block Length This parameter specifies the number of bytes to write If the destination data block size is less than requested the response will contain an error message If the data block length is greater than or equal to the requested length the response contains the number of bytes that have been written The slave may answer with an error response if data access is not allowed Data 1 n Data that should be written Fault Information and Extended Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Acyclic Message Status Word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here Fault Information Extended Fault Information Contents 0100h Address out of range 0A00h Failed to execute request Refer to Return Codes page 171 OBOOh Remote station failure 1000h Remote station DPV1 failure Function_Number 1100h Length out of range gt 240 bytes 1200h Slave does not support DPV1 1300h Slave not active or not present in configuration FFOOh Module offline not initialized or no valid database Error Decode Error Code 1 and Error Code 2 If Fault Information contains error code 1000h more information according to the DP
46. PROFIBUS Master s Control Registers Use this command to view general information about the module such as the firmware version and its serial number The module status contains two possible codes e 0400 module is running but not communicating with slaves e 0401 module is running and communicating with slaves If the module is in STOP mode the status code is displayed as 0400 Exiting the Program Caution Some of the commands available to you from this menu are designed for advanced debugging and system testing only and can cause the module to stop communicating with the processor or with other devices resulting in potential data loss or other failures Use these commands only if you fully understand their potential effects or if you are specifically directed to do so by ProSoft Technology Technical Support staff Some of these command keys are not listed on the menu but are active nevertheless Please be careful when pressing keys so that you do not accidentally execute an unwanted command Press ESC to restart the module and force all drivers to be loaded The module will use the configuration stored in the module s flash memory to configure the module ProSoft Technology Inc Page 189 of 251 July 29 2015 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Input Database View Menu Press I from the Main Menu to open the Input Database View menu Use this m
47. RSLogix 5000 as user defined data types MVISG6PDPMV1_PBInF and MVI56PDPMV1_PBOutF This simplifies the task of adding data types to handle input and output from the PROFIBUS slaves in your ladder logic The sample program stores the PROFIBUS I O data into two SINT arrays If you choose to use this export option the data types exported will reflect the data types that you have configured for your PROFIBUS network slave configuration If you decide to use this functionality you must develop extra ladder logic to copy the PROFIBUS data between controller tags defined with these data types and the standard SINT arrays To export the processor files from PCB versions prior to v2 2 0 only 1 Inthe inRAx Data Type dialog box click EXPORT PROCESSOR FILES ProSoft Configuration Builder will suggest a file name with the extension L5X RSLogix 5000 export file InRAx Data Type Start Offset End Offset Slave Slot OL 15H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 0 16 Words Input 16L 31H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 1 16 Words Input 32L 47H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 2 16 Words Input 48L 63 H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 3 16 Words Input 64 L 79H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 4 16 Words Input 80L 95H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 5 16 Words Input 96L 99H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 6 4 Words Input Display I Show Slot Numbers Export Processor Files Inputs C Output
48. RSLogix to communicate with the processor Refer to your RSLinx and RSLogix documentation for help configuring and troubleshooting these applications 1 Connect an RS 232 serial cable from the COM serial port on your PC to the communication port on the front of the processor 2 Start RSLogix 5000 and close any existing project that may be loaded 3 Open the COMMUNICATIONS menu and choose GO ONLINE RSLogix will establish communication with the processor This may take a few moments 4 When RSLogix has established communication with the processor the Connected To Go Online dialog box will open Connected To Go Online Options General Date Time Major Faults Minor Faults Redundancy Nonvolatile Memory Condition Connected Controller Controller Name ControlLogis Controller Controller Type 1756 L63 4 ControlLogix5563 Controller Comm Path AB_DF1 1 1 Serial Number 001636E3 Security No Protection Cancel Help Page 14 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 Inthe Connected To Go Online dialog box click the GENERAL tab This tab shows information about the processor including the Revision firmware version In the following illustration the firmware version is 17 2 Connected To Go Online Options General Date Time Major Faults Minor Faults Redundancy Nonvolatile Memory Vendor Allen Bradley Type 1
49. S PROFIBUS Master 1 ProSoft ProSoft Master 5 Double click the PROFIBUS MASTER icon in the Bus Configuration window This action opens the Master Properties dialog box S Master properties ProSoft f i Group properties PROFIBUS Bus parameter Configuration title Bus Configuration 1 Name l ProSoft Comment 1 0 data area Addressing mode Byte Storage format Motorola big endian Offset input 0 Length 1536 Offset output 0 Length 1536 6 On the Common tab name your PROFIBUS drop Note The PROFIBUS tab contains the address setting and advanced configuration settings for the Master The default settings on this tab work best in most applications 7 Click OK to save your changes and return to the Bus Configuration window ProSoft Technology Inc Page 83 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 2 3 1 Installing the GSD Files ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB uses PROFIBUS slave device definition files GSD files to obtain basic configuration information about the PROFIBUS slaves you add to the network The GSD configuration files identify the slave s capabilities so that the MVI56 PDPMV1 can communicate with it correctly Slave device manufacturers provide the GSD files for the equipment they make Slave device files sometimes come in various languages When a manufacturer provide
50. SCAN is selectable from the Online menu as well as from the drop down menu for the MASTER icon 3 Anybus NetTool for Profibus Untitled Project View Profibus Online Option Tools Windows Help Cy Cae amp E Download configuration Monitor Modif y 4anybus NetTool for Pre ius Configuration 1 Driver selection sa Profibus DP 3 General HMS Ind Set slave address 4 PRO A PRO AB PDP 641 0 14 AB DT PDP PEANYBUS S PDP la ANYBUS S DPV1 l4 AnyBus IC PDP Scan network Online properties E A The only prerequisite for scanning the network is that the project consists of a Master with no slaves assigned to it If a network scan is initiated and the project already contains slaves a message window similar to the one below will appear When the window is closed the network scan will be omitted x The project must not contain other devices except the selected master Please delete these devices or create a new project ProSoft Technology Inc Page 89 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master When a network scan is initiated the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will download the Master bus parameters baudrate etc Question hhh 2 J In order to scan the network the master bus p
51. Transfer Configuration from PC to Unit S Transfer Configuration from Unit to PC U Reset diagnostic data V Version Information w Warm Boot Module Network Menu Esc Exit Program Time 14 20 46 Path Serial Com 1 Important The illustrations of configuration debug menus in this section are intended as a general guide and may not exactly match the configuration debug menus in your own module Page 184 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual If there is no response from the module follow these steps 1 Click the Setup Connection button to configure the connection On the Connection Setup dialog box select a valid com port or other connection type supported by the module Connection Setup Select Connection Type Com 1 X Ethemet ProSoft Discovery Service PDS CiPconnect tif Cancel 2 Fora serial connection verify that the null modem cable is connected properly between your computer s serial port and the module A regular serial cable will not work 3 On computers with more than one serial port verify that your communication program is connected to the same port that is connected to the module If you are still not able to establish a connection contact ProSoft Technology for assistance ProSoft Technology Inc Page 185 of 251 July 29 2015 Diagnostics and Troubleshoot
52. Util MSG MailboxRequest DN Counter DN 0 MVI56PDPM 1 Uti MSG MailboxR equest DN Counter 0O 0 0 MVI56PDPM 1 Uti MSG MailbosR equest DN Counter UN MVIS56PDPMY1 UtiL MSG MailbboxR equest ERA Counter ons MVI56PDPMY1 UtiLMSG MailboxRequest LastE rror 16 0000 MY I56PDPM 1 Uti MSG MailboxResponse A cd MYI56PDPMY1 UtlMSG MailboxResponse DNCounter Le ie MVI56PDPMY 1 Util MSG MailboxResponse DNCounter PRE 100000 MYVI56PDPMY 1 Util MSG Mailbox Request Pending 0 MYIS6PDPMY 1 UtiLMSG MailboxResponse DNCounter ACC Al MYVI5SSPDPMY1 Uti MSG MailbosResponse DN Counter CU 0 MVISSPDPMY1 Uti MSG MailboxResponse DNCounter CD D MYISSPDPMY1 Uti MSG Mailbox Response DN Counter DN 0 MYISSPDPMY1 Uti MSG Mailbox Response DN Counter 0OY 0 MVISSPDPMY1 Uti MSG MailboxResponse DNCounter UN D MYIS6PDPM 1 UtiLMSG MailboxResponse ERCounter EN S MVI5SPDPMY1 Uti MSG MailbbosResponse LastE rror 16 0000 MVI56PDPM 1 UtiL MSG Mailbox Response Pending 0 When the mailbox execution was successfully performed the mailbox response will be stored in the controller tag structure MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In which includes e MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In ByteCount number of identifier bytes returned e MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In SlaveAddress slave address e MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In ReturnCode
53. VERSION 1 08 BACKPLANE API VERSION E dB MODULE NAME MVI56 Prosoft Technology Inc VENDOR ID 309 DEVICE TYPE 12 PRODUCT CODE 83 SERIAL NUMBER 00006F59 REVISION LOL MODULE NAME MVI56 PDPMV1 Connection DownLoad Config Log ToFile Email Log to Support I Clear File Close ProSoft Technology Inc Page 17 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 1 5 3 Determining the Module Mode LEGACY or FLEX There are two versions of the sample program LEGACY fixed I O sizes and FLEX variable I O sizes versions e MVI56 PDPMV1 firmware version 0 30 must use the LEGACY sample program and fixed I O sizes e MVI56 PDPMV1 firmware version 1 21 or later can use either the LEGACY or FLEX mode sample programs For module firmware version 1 21 or later the USE LEGACY MODE configuration parameter in ProSoft Configuration Builder selects which mode you will use Setting the parameter to YES uses fixed I O sizes in LEGACY mode Setting the parameter to No uses variable I O sizes in FLEX mode This step is described in Selecting the Connection Parameters for the Module page 69 LEGACY mode allows backward compatibility with firmware version 0 30 and implements the following features e Fixed backplane I O block size input 250 words output 248 words e Status and Mailbox transferred through regular I O blocks LEGACY mode offers these advantages
54. between the module and the processor Module Properties Locak1 1756 MODULE 1 1 xi Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local m Connection Parameters Assembly Instance Size Name vise Input fi 250 nes Description MVVI56 PDPM 1 a Output fe 248 4 16 bit z Configuration p jo aj B bit Comm Format Data INT 7 Status Input Slt f zi Status Output Cancel Back Next gt Finish gt gt Help Page 34 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 Click the CONNECTION tab and change the Requested Packet Interval to 5 0 Ms as shown in the following illustration E Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Requested Packet Interval API 504 ms 0 2 750 0 ms I Inhibit Module I Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Module Fault Status Offline Cancel Help 6 Click FINISH to save the module into your existing application 7 Next open the sample program in RSLogix 5000 Refer to Choosing Sample Ladder Logic For Your Application page 13 to determine the correct version of the sample program to use 8 Copy the ladder logic routines from the sample ladder logic into your existing application Repeat this step for each subroutine Controller Controller a A Controlle Tags Con
55. in Message data word 1 63 of the command 0x0002 At least one slave reports a warning Refer to Message data word 1 63 Ox000A Failed to execute request Additional fault information is to be found in Extended word 7 OxOOFF Module not initialized this command is only possible after END_INIT Message data word 1 63 Byte array stating the status of the slaves Array index is equal to slave address 0 Slave unaffected 1 Slave started 2 Warning Slave could not be started because it is not part of the configuration ProSoft Technology Inc Page 167 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 11 Mailbox Message Stop Slave This mailbox message stops a selection of slaves from the processing cycle This message is allowed in all Operation modes STOP CLEAR and OPERATE Note The message will be accepted even if one or several slaves are not part of the configuration and can therefore obviously not be stopped However the application can find out about this situation by evaluating the Fault information and Message data words of the response Command and Response Layout Stop Slave Message ID Message information Command Stop Slave Data size Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Extended word 1 Extended word 2 Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Fault
56. interface for Rockwell Automation ControlLogix processors Developed under license from Rockwell Automation the module incorporates proprietary backplane technology that enables powerful data exchange with ControlLogix processors The module supports complete Master specifications according to IEC 61158 Acyclic parameter data can be transferred with Class 1 or Class 2 DPV1 services allowing processors to easily communicate with slave devices supporting PROFIBUS DPV0 V1 protocol The module acts as an input output module between the PROFIBUS network and the ControlLogix processor Data transfer from the processor is asynchronous with the I O data transfer on the PROFIBUS network 5 1 1 General Specifications Single slot 1756 backplane compatible e The module is recognized as an Input Output module and has access to processor memory for data transfer between processor and module e Ladder Logic is used for data transfer between module and processor Sample ladder file add on instruction included Local or remote rack e Configurable I O backplane sizes allow optimal performance for remote rack applications e ClPconnect enabled Module supports communications with ProSoft Configuration Builder and FDT comDTM via Ethernet routing using Rockwell Automation Ethernet interface ProSoft Technology Inc Page 197 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 1
57. into the rack until the module is firmly against the backplane connector Slot 1 MVIS6 Module 3 With a firm but steady push snap the module into place 4 Check that the holding clips on the top and bottom of the module are securely in the locking holes of the rack Page 12 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 1 5 5 Make a note of the slot location You must identify the slot in which the module is installed in order for the sample program to work correctly Slot numbers are identified on the green circuit board backplane of the ControlLogix rack 6 Turn power ON Note If you insert the module improperly the system may stop working or may behave unpredictably Choosing Sample Ladder Logic For Your Application The sample program for your MVI56 PDPMV1 module includes custom tags data types and ladder logic for data I O status and alarm monitoring and mailbox messaging For most applications you can run the sample ladder program without modification or for advanced applications you can incorporate the sample program into your existing application NOTE ControlLogix firmware versions 15 or earlier do not support Add On Instructions AOls For these applications you will need to use the ACD ladder logic sample programs For applications with ControlLogix firmware version 16 or newer you can use th
58. logic will increment the following controller tag MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG GetAlarm DNCounter ACC If the message is not successfully executed the ladder logic will increment the following controller tag MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG GetAlarm ERCounter ACC The error code will be copied to the following controller tag MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG GetAlarm LastError MYIS6PDPMY 1 Util MSG GetAlarm NODON MVIS6PDPM 1 Util MSG GetAlarm DNCounter T MYVI5S6PDPMY 1 UtiLMSG GetAlarm DNCounter PRE 100000 MVI56PDPM 1 UtiLMSG GetAlarm DNCounter ACC 1 MVI56PD PMI UtiLMSG GetAlarm DNCounter CU 0 MVI56PD PMI UtiLMSG GetAlarm DNCounter CD 0 MVI56PDPM 1 UtiLMSG Get4larm DNCounter DN 0 MYVI56PDPMY1 Util MSG GetAlarm DNCounter O 0 MVI56PDPM 1 UtiLMSG Get4larm DNCounter UN 0 MVI5S6PDPMY1 Uti MSG Get larm ER Counter PE MYIS6PDPMYV 1 Util MSG GetAlarm E RCounter PRE 100000 MVI5SSPDPMY1 Uti MSG Get larm ER Counter ACC 0 MVI56PDPM 1 UtiLMSG Get4larm ERCounter CU 0 MVI56PDPM 1 UtiLMSG GetAlarm ERCounter CD 0 MVI56PDPM 1 UtiLMSG GetAlarm ERCounter DN 0 MVI56PDPM 1 UtiLMSG Get4larm ERCounter O 0 MVI56PDPMYV 1 Util MSG GetAlarm E RCounter UN 0 MYI5S6PDPMY1 UtiLMSG GetAlarm LastE rror 16 0000 MVI56PDPM 1 UtiLMSG GetAlarm Pending 0 Page 140 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual The alarm data will be store
59. messages Acyclic data telegrams are transmitted in the gaps between cyclic data telegrams and therefore have a lower priority and get less bandwidth than cyclic data Class 1 Acyclic message telegrams may be issued to any slave on the network with has already been configured for Cyclic data exchange with the module s DPV1 Master The ability to request acyclic data from these same slaves increases the data collection alarming and diagnostic capacity of the module s DPV1 Master when communicating with DPV1 slaves that support acyclic messaging The PROFIBUS DPV1 Master also supports Class 2 Acyclic messaging This allows the DPV1 Master to send data request telegrams to any slave node on the PROFIBUS network whether or not that node has been configured to exchange cyclic data with the module s DPV1 Master These extra Class 2 features further expand the module Master s capability and flexibility Mailbox Messaging commands are incorporated into the sample ladder logic Mailbox messages and responses to mailbox messages are stored in mailbox data types on the sample program or Add On Instruction AOI ProSoft Technology Inc Page 129 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 1 Mailbox Message Queuing The MVI56 PDPMV1 module operates asynchronously on the Mailbox Messages and as such provides for the queuing of the messages as they are received The queue
60. module Page 186 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Main Menu When you first connect to the module from your computer your terminal screen will be blank To activate the main menu press the key on your computer s keyboard If the module is connected properly the following menu will appear MVI56 PDPM COMMUNICATION MODULE MENU Display Menu B Block Transfer Statistics C Module Configuration I Input Data View O Output Data View V Version Information 1 Module Status 2 Fieldbus Data 3 Control Registers Esc Exit Program Caution Some of the commands available to you from this menu are designed for advanced debugging and system testing only and can cause the module to stop communicating with the processor or with other devices resulting in potential data loss or other failures Use these commands only if you fully understand their potential effects or if you are specifically directed to do so by ProSoft Technology Technical Support staff Some of these command keys are not listed on the menu but are active nevertheless Please be careful when pressing keys so that you do not accidentally execute an unwanted command Redisplaying the Menu Press to display the current menu Use this command when you are looking at a screen of data and want to view the menu choices available to you Viewing Block T
61. of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Checking the Version After Power Up If the correct sample program LEGACY or FLEX is loaded into your processor and the module is located in same slot that was configured then after module power up it will be possible to access the debug menu through ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB 1 Press to display the main menu Diagnostics O Output Data View Time 17 03 41 V Version Information 1 Module Status 2 Fieldbus Data 3 Control Registers Esc Exit Program and Reboot Module MVI56 PDPMV1 COMMUNICATION MODULE MENU Display Menu B Block Transfer Statistics C Module Configuration I Input Data View O Output Data View V Version Information 1 Module Status 2 Fieldbus Data 3 Control Registers Esc Exit Program and Reboot Module Com 4 x Connection DownLoad Config Log To File Email Log to Support I Clear File Close 2 Press V to display the module version information Verify SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL for the module firmware version 1 21 for the example below Diagnostics mmen v VERSION INFORMATION MVI56 PDPMV1 COMMUNICATION MODULE Cc 1999 2007 Prosoft Technology Inc PRODUCT NAME CODE PDM5 SOFTWARE REVISION LEVEL ae eae OPERATING SYSTEM REVISION 0607 RUN NUMBER 2801 PROGRAM SCAN COUNTER 11078 FREE MEMORY 372064 BACKPLANE DRIVER
62. the MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Instruction page 20 For ControlLogix firmware version 15 or older Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Sample Ladder Logic page 19 1 6 Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Sample Ladder Logic If you will be using ControlLogix firmware versions 16 or newer you may skip to the section on Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Instruction page 20 If you will be using ControlLogix firmware versions 15 or older follow this procedure 1 Copy any of the sample program you may want to use from the ProSoft Solutions DVD in a convenient folder on your local PC hard drive 2 Start RSLogix 5000 and close any project or programs that may open automatically when the program starts 3 On the FILE menu click the OPEN button 4 Browse to the location where you saved the sample program files on your local drive and select left mouse click the one that matches your firmware version of your ControlLogix processor firmware 5 Left click the OPEN button 6 RSLogix will load the sample program The next step is to configure the correct controller type and slot number for your application For details skip to the section on Common Settings for All Sample Programs page 66 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 19 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 1 7 If you want to add the sample file to an existing application do the following 1 Open the RSLogix 5000 project ACD file yo
63. tt 2 P i Data Types E MainProgram MainRoutine Gi User Defined PDPMPV1_GetSlaveDiagnostics_In PDPMPV1_GetSlaveDiagnostics_Out TA leio i y E PDPMV1_AcyclicRead MVIS6 PDPMV1 Add On PDPMY1_AcyclicRead_In Bebe TEA Lal eenen ole MVI5E PDPMV1 Add On Legacy Ne PSSEPDPMV1_LEGACY PS56PDPMV1 _ PDPMV1_AcyclicWrite_In Connection_Input Local1 1 Data PDPMY1_AcyclicWrite_Out Connection Output Local 1 0 Data PDPMV1 Alarm MVI56PDPMV1 MVI5EPDPMV1 i POPMY1_backplane 8 PoPry1_backplane2 iB POPMy1_Command 8 POPMy1_Control E POPMy1_ControlCommand a POPMv1_cRC E Popmv1_cRC_struct 33 33 53153 ESS BSE Rung End of1 APP The procedure has also imported new user defined data types controller tags and tag arrays and the Add On Instruction to be used at your project 4 Htc Par 2 4 R Favorites Add On Alarms amp Bit K TimeriCounter K ProSoft Technology Inc Page 27 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Adding Multiple Modules Optional Legacy Important If your application requires more than one MVI56 PDPMV1 module into the same project follow the steps below 1 Inthe VO Configuration folder click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu and then choose NEW MODULE 2 Select 1756 MODULE 3 6 1 0 Configuration il 31756 Backplane 1756 4 Aa 0 1756 L63
64. valid database Error Decode Error Code 1 and Error Code 2 If Fault Information contains error code 1000h more information according to the DPV1 specification can be found here ProSoft Technology Inc Page 159 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 7 Mailbox Message Class 1 Acyclic Data Write This command initiates a DPV1 Class 1 acyclic write request Refer to EN50170 DPV1 for more information Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name MSAC1 WRITE Command Number 2100h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Acyclic Write Message ID ID ID Acyclic Message Status 4002h 0002h Word Command 0021h 0021h Acyclic Write Data size Size of data Size of data Number of data bytes n Frame count 0001h 0001h Frame number 0001h 0001h Offset high 0000h 0000h Offset low 0000h 0000h Extended word 1 Slave Addr Slot Number Slave Addr Slot Number Extended word 2 Length Length Extended word 3 to 4 Extended word 5 4 Error Decode Extended word 6 Error Code 2 Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Message Data byte 1 Message Data byte 2 Message Data byte 3 a a Message Data byte n Page 160 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging
65. with acyclic DP V 1 services Update device catalog Info Add 3 Select the PROSOFT TECHNOLOGY COMDTM entry in the device catalog and then click ADD 4 Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add any other manufacturer s device DTMs installed on your computer Select the correct address for each device and then click OK to proceed lt 1 ProSoft Technology comDTM Pri iol x Set slave address in device DTM Name Cerabar S 7 PMs 7s 7 PA 03 00 10 Vendor Endress Hauser Version fi 5 67 90 Address of associated device ft v OK Cancel ProSoft Technology Inc Page 215 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Note You must use the same PROFIBUS device address that you used when setting up the device NON Ge GR Mew Bot Qevce Eyres upar bb Dega REY ED Prapect B Ed lt 1 Proson Tectncdogy comb TM gt Prosott Techrotogy cond TM ET 9 2a Dekeabar S O Px PA 903 00 10 Jaanus Pratite OTM PROFBUS_CPVI EraborerHovier ET Crabas S 4 Pria Te PAS VOROD 10 PAOFBUS OPVI Erchersstieurer Prase CS Dekaber S O Te PA V0G0110 PROFBUS_OPVI EndmeHaiei Peive ET Fiom Praids OTH PROFBUS DEVI Enchare tHeurer Flow ET Level Prafile OTM PROFBUS_CPVI ErchoterHavier Levi CT Preanse Profile DTN PROFBUS OPVI Ercharsstieurer Proose LT Promag 53 DP V20001 V202 PROFIBUS _CPVI ErcbeterHavier Flow ET Promag 753 DP 7
66. with all configured slaves a DBASE STAT GREEN HOLD PROFIBUS has been MSTR configured STAT TKN HOLD GREEN Module is holding the PROFIBUS token MSTR STAT GREEN Master is in operating mode PROFIBUS RUN ACTIVE m COM STAT OFF Master is DOASE Master is not stopped C STAT communicating with configured slaves TKN DBASE STAT GREEN MISTR PROFIBUS has been STAT configured TKN HOLD GREEN Module is holding the PROFIBUS token MSTR STAT RED Master is in STOP mode CPU is in PROG ACTIVE pap COM STAT OFF Program nese Master is not mode STAT communicating with configured slaves C TKN DBASE STAT GREEN HOLD PROFIBUS has been pal configured TKN HOLD GREEN Module is holding the PROFIBUS token MSTR STAT RED Master is in STOP mode O AO Page 178 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Diagnostics and Troubleshooting User Manual Processor Module Status Status CPU is in PROG ACTIVE Program mode PROFIBUS Master Status com STAT O MSTR STAT PROFIBUS Master Status LED Description COM STAT OFF DBASE Master is operating but STAT there are no slaves responding TKN HOLD DBASE STAT GREEN PROFIBUS has been configured TKN HOLD GREEN Module is holding the PROFIBUS token MSTR STAT GREEN Master is in operating mode As previously indic
67. with the earth using FE PE grounding clamps immediately after the cable has been connected to the cabinet This example indicates the shielding connection from the PROFIBUS cable to the FE PE rail PROFIBUS cable PE FE rail Note An equalization current can flow across a shield connected at both ends because of fluctuations in ground potential To prevent this it is imperative that there is potential equalization between all the attached installation components and devices This example indicates the system components and devices in a system with equipotential bonding Main switching cabinet Processor with DP master Substation 1 Substation n FE PE rail 2 PROFIBUS DP cable 3 equipotential bonding minal conductor gt 16 mm Page 206 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Grounding and Shielding for Systems without Equipotential Bonding Note Grounding and shielding is to be carried out the same as for systems with equipotential bonding If this is not possible because of system or construction specific reasons however use distributed ground with a capacitive coupling of high frequency interference signals This representation shows distributed grounding with capacitive coupling Main switching cabinet ales Substation 1 Substation n DP master FE PE rail 2 PROFIBUS DP cable
68. word 7 Extended Fault information Fault Information Extended word 8 Page 158 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Message Information Refer to Acyclic Message Status Word page 170 Slave Address Station address of the slave responder Slot Number and Slot Index Used in the slave to address the desired data block Length This parameter specifies the number of bytes of the data block to read If the server data block length is less than requested the length of the response will be the actual length of the data block If the server data block is greater or equal the response will contain the same amount of data The slave may answer with an error response if data access is not allowed Data 1 n Returned data Fault Information and Extended Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here Fault Information Extended Fault Information Contents 0100h Address out of range 0A00h Failed to execute request Refer to Return Codes page 171 OBOOh Remote station failure 1000h Remote station DPV1 failure Function_Number 1100h Length out of range gt 240 bytes 1200h Slave does not support DPV1 1300h Slave not active or not present in configuration FFOOh Module offline not initialized or no
69. 0 00 00 20 Hexadecimal OA 00 Low byte High byte 7 0000 0000 void Binary a at Slave Addresses tand3 Note A zero 0 in the bitmap indicates an unoccupied slave address one 1 indicates that the slave address is occupied by a configured slave ProSoft Technology Inc Page 123 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Here is the bitmap for Word 8 0010 0000 0000 0000 Binary Slave at Slave Address 125 So from the SLAVE CFG LIST we can tell that there are configured slaves at slave addresses 1 3 and 125 The TRANSFER LIST indicates which configured slaves are actually communicating with the Master Notice that Word 1 is different in the TRANSFER LIST Here is the bitmap for Word 1 in the TRANSFER LIST 0000 0000 0000 1000 Slave at Slave Address 1 is NOT communicating with the Master In conclusion there are configured slaves at addresses 1 3 and 125 but only the slaves at addresses 3 and 125 are communicating with the Master Tip This slave status data can also be found in the MVIS6PDPMV1 Status Fieldbus controller tag structure in the Add On Instruction ladder The status data in these controller tags can be used as part of your custom application alarm and control logic Page 124 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS
70. 0 if successful e MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Faultinformation 0 if successful Page 138 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Mailbox Messaging User Manual e MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In ldentifier configuration identifier bytes MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig MYI56PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig Out MYIS6PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveContig In e ee MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In ByteCount MYIS6PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveContig In SlaveAddress MYIS6PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveContig In ErrorCode MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In RetumCode MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveContfig In FaultInformation MYVI56PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveContig In Identifier MVIS56PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 0 MVI56PDPM1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 1 MYISEPDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 2 MVIS6PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 3 MVI56PDPM1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 4 MYI56PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveContig In Identifier 5 MVIS6PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 6 MYVIS6PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveContfig In Identifier MYI56PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 8 MVIS56PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 3 MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 1 0 MYIS6PDPMY 1
71. 0000 0000 MVI 56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_sfer 3 240000 0000 MVIS56PDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 4 240000 0000 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 5 2 0000_0000 1 MVIBEPD PM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 6 2 0000_ 0000 E MVI5S6PDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 7 2 0000_0000 E MVI5S6PDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 8 2 0000_0000 MVIS6PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 3 240000 0000 H MVI56PDPM Y1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 10 2 0000 0000 5 MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 11 2 0000 0000 MVIS6PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 12 240000 0000 MVIS6PDPM1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 13 240000 0000 H MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 14 2 0000 0000 amp MVIS56PDPMV1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_sfer 15 AOO E You can add ladder logic to perform an action based on the values of these tags for example to determine if a slave is misconfigured If the values of these tags show that the slave is configured but is not transferring data the slave is not configured correctly Refer to the documentation provided with your PROFIBUS Slave for troubleshooting procedures Page 126 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 5 5 Sending a Mailbox Message in RSLogix 5000
72. 08 109 Reserved Reserved for future use 110 111 Reserved Reserved for future use 112 113 Module backplane read count Rollover counter of the number of MVI56 PDPMV1 to processor backplane read data transfers 114 115 Module backplane write count Rollover counter of the number of MVI56 PDPMV1 to processor backplane write data transfers 116 117 Module backplane error count Rollover counter of the number of MVI56 PDPMV1 to processor backplane data transfers that have failed ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 243 of 251 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Byte Offset Start End Name Description 118 119 File Error Word Bitmapped value that indicates which files are not present Bit 0 Problem with PDPMV1 CFG file Bit 1 Not used Bit 2 Problem with PDPMV1 DDB file Bit 3 Problem with PDPMV1 XML file Bits 4 to 15 not used If this word has a value other than 0 the CFG ERR LED on the module will be illuminated 120 145 Reserved Reserved for future use 146 147 In mailbox queue count Number of message in the in mailbox queue 148 149 Out mailbox queue count Number of message in the out mailbox queue 150 151 Alarm queue count Number of message in the alarm queue 152 153 Last out mailbox message ID Last out mailbox message ID processed from output image processed from output image 154 155 Current in mailbox control index Current in mailbox con
73. 1 or later MVI56 PDPMV1 module configured in FLEX mode USE LEGACY MODE No MVI56 PDPMV1 module is located in either the local rack or remote rack through EtherNet IP adapters For optimal performance set the RP time as 750 Ms For this scenario the module will use the OT Immediate Output instruction that will override the configured RPI time Setting a lower RPI time will cause unnecessary interrupts to the module delaying data updates and lowering data throughput E Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Requested Packet Interval RPI 750 0 ms 0 2 750 0 ms I Inhibit Module I Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Module Fault Status Offline Cancel Apply Help Page 72 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 1 8 5 Changing and Importing Configuration Changes for PCB v 2 2 0 and up only NOTE This procedure must be used anytime you wish to change the module configuration after the first time an AOI rung import was performed For changes to be effective previous controller tags and ladder logic must be manually deleted before the new rung export file can be successfully imported Failure to follow this procedure may result in the module becoming non functional This procedure assumes you have already made your configuration changes and hav
74. 35 3 2 4 Reading Alain S peeter aiir iii eea ena r aeaa E AANEEN 140 3 2 5 Rebooting the Module asssesssssessrresssrrssrsrnsssnnnesrennesrnnnnsnnnnesnnnnnnntnnennnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnt 141 3 3 Legacy Mode Mailbox Communication c ccsceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeenaeeeeneeeas 142 3 3 1 Input Mailbox Legacy MOde cccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeee 142 3 3 2 Output Mailbox Legacy Mode cccccceecceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeseeeteeeeess 143 3 3 3 Receiving Mailbox Message Responses from the Module Legacy Mode 143 3 4 Special Function Mailbox Messaging Commands ccccecceeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeeeeees 145 3 5 Mailbox Message Commands cccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeseeneesaas 147 3 5 1 Mailbox Message Set Slave Mode eccccseeeceeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeneeeaas 147 3 5 2 Mailbox Message Get Slave Diagnostics cc cceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeneeeaas 150 3 5 3 Mailbox Message Get Slave Configuration cccccceseeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaes 152 3 5 4 Mailbox Message Set Slave Address cccccceeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeceeeeesaeeeeaeeeeeeeeeas 154 3 5 5 Mailbox Message Get Live List ccccecceeeeeseeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeesaeeeeaeeeeneeeaas 156 3 5 6 Mailbox Message Class 1 Acyclic Data Read cccccceeeeeseeceereeseteeeeteeeeneeeees 158 3 5 7 Mailbox Messag
75. 6 Axis SERCOS Interface 1756 0416 16 Point 74 262 AC Output 1756 04161 16 Point 74 26 AC Isolated Output Mi gt Find Add Favorite By Category By Vendor cme eo Page 56 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Start Here User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 Fill the module properties as required Parameter Value Name Enter a module identification string Example MVIS6PDPMV1_2 Description Enter a description for the module Example ProSoft communication module for PROFIBUS communication Comm Format Select DATA INT Slot Enter the slot number in the rack where the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is located Input Assembly 1 Instance Input Size Enter the number of words per backplane input block to copy from the module to the processor The allowable range is from 12 To 250 words Each input block will reserve 8 words for general purposes CRC block CIP handshaking The remainder is reserved for PROFIBUS input data Output Assembly 2 Instance Output Size Enter the number of words per backplane output block to copy from the module to the processor The allowable range is from 5 To 248 words Each output block will reserve 5 words for general purposes CRC and block handshaking The remainder is reserved for PROFIBUS output data Configuration Assembly Instance 4 Configuration Size Click OK to confirm The ne
76. 6 PDPMV1 module periodically transfers a status block to the ControlLogix containing relevant information about the module operation Block IDs 0 to 1 The types of data returned in the PROFIBUS Input Status area include Module configuration data values MVI56 software revision level Key PROFIBUS configuration values PROFIBUS Master hardware software revision level MVI56 module statistics Mailbox messaging control and status You can find the contents of the Status Data block in the MVI56PDPMV1 Status user controller tag structure in RSLogix These tags reference the PDPMV1_ Status user defined data type The following table is received periodically from the MVI56 module Byte Offset Start End Name Description 0 9 Module ID string Unique module 10 byte pattern as text MVISBPDPMV1 10 11 Reserved Reserved for future use 12 13 PROFIBUS Input Data The number of words of PROFIBUS input data to transfer from size the PROFIBUS Master to the processor within the Input Data blocks Value is selected during user configuration 14 15 PROFIBUS Output The number of words to transfer from the processor in the Data size PROFIBUS output space during the output data transfer Value is selected during user configuration 1 1 Reserved Reserved for future use 1 1 Reserved Reserved for future use 20 21 Reserved Reserved for future use 22 22 Input Data Byte Swap User configured flag to indicate i
77. 7 Ungrouped Axes H E Add On Instructions Name MVIEPDPMVI_viGBLEGACY El PSS6PDPMV1_LEGACY 5 6 Data Types R User Defined W Ga Strings Gi Add On Defined Jh Predefined Chassis Type 1756 44 4 Slot ControlLogix Chassis Ej Ga Module Defined Trends Slot 0 J 1 0 Configuration a H S 1756 Backplane 1756 44 fla 0 1756 L63 MVISEPDPMY1_v16_ 1 1756 MODULE MvI56 Description Cancel Apply Help ProSoft Technology Inc Page 67 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 Click the CHANGE CONTROLLER button This action opens the Change Controller dialog box Change Controller controller properties and other project data that is not valid for the new controller type f Changing the controller type will change delete and or invalidate the From Type 1756 L63 ControlLogix5563 Controller Revision 16 7 To Type 1756 L63 ControlLogix5563 Controller hd Revision E OK Cancel Help _ Cancel Heb 4 Open the TYPE drop down list and then select your ControlLogix controller 5 Select the correct firmware revision for your controller 6 Click OK to save your changes and return to the previous window 7 Select the chassis type that matches your specific installation Page 68 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS
78. 7 2008 11 28 2007 2 14 2008 1 22 2008 1 23 2008 3 5 2008 2 27 2008 12 28 2007 1 28 2008 Publisher ProSoft Technology Inc Product version 1 01 0003 G3 ProSoft Technology COM DTM Support link http www prosoft tec Size 2 38 MB ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 229 of 251 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 4 Module Functional Overview The MVI56 PDPMV1 module communicates with the processor over the backplane using only the following two blocks of data e MVI56 PDPMV1 Input Data block e MVI56 PDPMV1 Output Data block This section of the Application Reference Guide describes the data structures and transfer mechanisms used to transfer data between the MVI56 PDPMV1 module and the ControlLogix processor The following illustration shows the Input Output Data block flow between the ControlLogix processor and the MVI56 PDPMV1 module Input Image Data Input Data 2 23 gt faa O mia M Q Output Image Data L 4 a 8 x Q G 3 Output Data ControlLogix Data Memory MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS Slave Devices These two data blocks Input Data and Output Data consist of a data structure that provides for the movement of Input Data image from PROFIBUS slave devices Output Data image for writing to PROFIBUS slave devices Module configuration and status from module to processor PROFIBUS
79. 75 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 Goto the O Configuration folder Locate the MVI56 PDPMV1 and right click on it to open a context menu then left click on PROPERTIES to open the Module Properties dialog box Check and edit if necessary the INPUT and OUTPUT Sizes in the Module Properties dialog box so that they match those you configured for the module in the ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB MVI Profibus Master DPV1 edit window s_Out Zh Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local onnection Parameters s Assembly ut Instance Size Name PDPM 1 68 a 16 bit 1 Description 2 65 H 16 bit Configuration 4 0 H 8 bit Comm Format Slot 1 Edit MVI Profibus Master DPV1 Input Data Size Backplane Connection Input Size Output Data Size 768 Input Byte Swap No 6s Output Byte Swap No Use Legacy Mode No Backplane Connection Input Size Backplane Connection Output Size O Configuration Module Name Comment Definition REMEMBER It is also critically important that the I O Configuration Module Name on the PCB Edit box be set to match the Name parameter in the RSLogix5000 Module Properties box The name you enter in PCB is used to create a communication path for the Status and Acyclic Data M
80. 756 L63 ControlLogix5563 Controller Revision 17 2 Name Description Chassis Type Slot Mode Select File Cancel Help 1 5 2 Determining the Firmware Version of the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module There are two ways to verify the module firmware version Checking the Version During Power Up When the module powers up it will search for the ControlLogix processor to establish backplane connectivity If the correct ladder is not loaded to the processor or if the module is not located in the configured slot or the processor is missing the module will not allow access to the debug menu and will print the message Waiting for Connection to the processor C gt pb_msts1 Open Backplane Interface Waiting for connection to processor Waiting for connection t iting for connection to processor Waiting for connection to ing for connection to processor Waiting for connection to pr g for connection to processor Waiting for connection to proc Because debug menu access is not allowed at this point view the debug menu messages that are printed during power up for the module firmware version Refer to the message that appears just before the message C gt pb_msts1 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 15 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master If the message MVI56 PDPMV1 Firmware Version x xx appears on the screen as shown in the follow
81. ATIONS menu and then choose DOWNLOAD RSLogix will establish communication with the processor 3 When communication is established RSLogix opens a confirmation dialog box Click the DOWNLOAD button to transfer your project to the processor A Download to the controller Name My_Controller Type 1756 L63 ControlLogix5563 Controller Path AB_DF1 1 Security lt None gt Cancel Help 4 RSLogix will compile the program and transfer it to the processor This process may take a few minutes 5 When the download is complete RSLogix will open another confirmation dialog box Click OK to switch the processor to RUN mode RSLogix 5000 A Done downloading Change controller mode back to Remote Run Yes No Note If you receive an error message during these steps refer to your RSLogix documentation to interpret and correct the error 6 To verify that the processor is communicating with the module open the Main Program folder in the Controller Organization pane in RSLogix and double click MainRoutine You will be able to see the numbers change in the MVI56PDPMV1 Util LastRead area in Rung 0 of the MainRoutine program ProSoft Technology Inc Page 77 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 1 10 Connecting Your PC to the Module With the module securely mounted connect your PC to the Configuration Debug port using the RJ45 DB 9 Seria
82. AcyclicWrite_Out i POPMY1_Alarm A PoPM v1_backplane K PoPM v1_Backplane_IOSize A PDPM 1_Configuration EABPDPMY1_Connection_Input i PDPMY1_Connection_Output v Page 40 of 251 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 3 Adjust the array size for your application The default array size is INT 250 maximum size This example is for 250 input words Data Type PDPMV1_Connection_Input Name PDPM1_Connection_Input Description Connection input to be associated to the module Data Type Size 500 byte s Description 4 inthe DATA TYPES USER DEFINED folder double click PDPMV1_CONNECTION_OUTPUT data type 3 6 Data Types Ga User Defined i PDPMY1_AcyclicRead A POPM 1_AcyclicRead_In MA PDPMV1_AcyclicRead_Out Ei PDPMY 1_AcyclicWrite MA PDPM 1_AcyeclicWrite_In El PDPMY1_Acyclicwrite_Out S PDPMy1_Alarm Ei PDPMY1_backplane if PDPMV1_Backplane_IOSize Ei PDPMY1_Configuration E PDPMY1_Connection_Input EBE PDOPMv1 _Connection_Output v ProSoft Technology Inc Page 41 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 Adjust the array size for your application The default array size is INT 248 maximum size This example is for 248 output words Data Type PDPMV1
83. BUS DPV1 Master Important Installation Instructions 2 Importing the Ladder Rung Flex 40 52 103 Importing the Ladder Rung LEGACY 24 103 Input Block Status Data Details Block ID 0 to 1 233 Input Data Block Block ID 1 to 4 232 Input Data Block Block ID 1 to n 240 Input Data Block Format Input Image Local 1 Data Controller Tag 232 238 239 240 Input Database View Menu 190 Input Initialization Block Block ID 9990 239 Input Mailbox Legacy Mode 142 Installation 214 Installing ProSoft Configuration Builder Software 11 Installing the GSD Files 84 Installing the Module in the Rack 12 Introduction 224 Introduction to PROFIBUS comDTM 210 K Keystrokes 186 L LED Status Indicators Front of MVI56 Module 175 Legacy Mode 33 Legacy Mode Use Legacy Mode Yes 179 Legacy Mode Input and Output Data Blocks 230 231 Legacy Mode Mailbox Communication 142 LEGACY Sample Add On Instruction Import Procedure 21 Mailbox Message Alarm Indication 162 Class 1 Acyclic Data Read 158 Class 1 Acyclic Data Write 160 Get Live List 156 Get Slave Configuration 152 Get Slave Diagnostics 150 194 Set Operating Mode 164 Set Slave Address 154 Set Slave Mode 147 Start Slave 166 Stop Slave 168 Mailbox Message Commands 147 Mailbox Message Queuing 130 Mailbox Messaging 129 194 Mailbox Messaging Error Codes 151 153 155 170 Main Me
84. Cable 14 183 Determining the Firmware Version of the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module 15 176 Determining the Firmware Version of Your Processor 14 Determining the Module Mode LEGACY or FLEX 18 176 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 175 Disabling the RSLinx Driver for the Com Port on the PC 181 Displaying the Current Page of Registers Again 190 192 Downloading the Project to the Module 79 107 Downloading the Sample Program to the Processor 77 DPV1 Class 1 Related Error Codes 172 E Error Codes 171 172 Example 222 Example FLEX application 43 Example GetSlaveConfiguration Mailbox 137 Example 1 Local Rack Application 109 Example 2 Remote Rack Application 114 Examples 178 Exiting the Program 189 Exporting the Processor Files for PCB v2 2 0 or later 13 73 76 103 Exporting the Processor Files Prior to PCB v2 2 0 24 40 102 F Flex Mode Use Legacy Mode No 180 Flex Mode Input and Output Data Blocks 230 238 Flex Mode Mailbox Communication 130 FLEX Sample Add On Instruction Import Procedure 37 Flexible Connection I O Length Overview 37 Functional Specifications 198 G General Specifications 197 H Hardware Requirements Recommended 213 Hardware Specifications 198 How Cable Length Affects Communication Rate 201 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 249 of 251 Index User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFI
85. DPM 1 Command GetSlaveDiagnostics MVI56PDPM 1 Command GetStatus ee eee een laden 0 0 0900 o o eS i MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG GetStatus DNCounter ACC will be incremented If an error occurs during message execution then the controller tag MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG GetStatus ERCounter ACC will be incremented The error code will be stored in the controller tag MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG GetStatus LastError MY I56PDPMY1 UtiL MSG MVIS6PDPMY 1 Util MSG MailboxRequest MVIS6PDPMY 1 Util MSG MailboxResponse MVI56PDPMY 1 Util MSG GetStatus MYVIS68PDPM 1 Uti MSG GetStatus DNCounter MYI56PDPMY 1 Util MSG GetStatus DNCounter PRE MYIS6PDPMY 1 Util MSG GetStatus DNCounter 4CC MVI5S6PDPM 1 UtiLMSG GetStatus DNCounter CU MVI56PDPMY 1 UtiLMSG GetStatus DNCounter CD MYVI56PDPMY 1 Uti MSG GetStatus DNCounter DN MVI56PDPM 1 UtiL MSG GetStatus DNCounter O MVI5S6PDPM 1 UtiL MSG GetStatus DNCounter UN MVIS68PDPM 1 Uti MSG GetStatus E RCounter MYVIS5S6PDPMY 1 Util MSG GetStatus E RCounter PRE MVIS6PDPMYV 1 Uti MSG GetStatus E RCounter ACC MYVI56PDPM 1 Uti MSG GetStatus E RCounter CU MVI56PDPMY 1 UtiL MSG GetStatus E RCounter CD MYVI56PDPM 1 Uti MSG GetStatus E RCounter DN MVI56PDPMV 1 UtiL MSG GetStatus E RCounter 0V MYVI56PDPM 1 Uti MSG GetStatus E RCounter UN MYIS6PDPMY 1 UtlMSG GetStatus LastE rror MVI56PDPM 1 UtiLMSG GetStatus Pending oe
86. DPV1 Master User Manual 1 8 2 Selecting the Slot Number for the Module This sample application is for a module installed in Slot 1 in a ControlLogix rack The ladder logic uses the slot number to identify the module If you are installing the module in a different slot you must update the ladder logic so that program tags and variables are correct and do not conflict with other modules in the rack To change the slot number 1 Inthe Controller Organization list select the module and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu 2 On the shortcut menu choose PROPERTIES This action opens the Module Properties dialog box E Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local Connection Parameters Name Input 16 bit Description Output 16 bit 8 bit Comm Format Slot 1 H Status Offline Cancel Apply Help 3 Inthe S otfield use the spinners on the right side of the field to select the slot number where the module will reside in the rack and then click OK RSLogix will automatically apply the slot number change to all tags variables and ladder logic rungs that use the MVI56 PDPMV1 slot number for computation 1 8 3 Selecting the Connection Parameters for the Module The connection parameters will determine the number of words each backplane I O block will contain for data transfer b
87. Data Type Use Existing g Local1 AB 1756_MODULE C 0 ge Locat t 1 AB 1756_MODULE_INT_ E Locat1 0 AB 1756_MODULE INT S F Local 2 C AB 1756_MODULE C 0 Local 21 AB 1758_MODULE_INT_ Local 2 0 AB 1756_MODULE INT MVISEPDPM 1 PDPM 1_ModuleDet PSS6PDPM 1 PSS6PDPMV 1_LEGACY Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions Local 2 1 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_SO0Bytes 0 Discard Local 2 0 gt 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_496Bytes 0 0 Use Existing Local 1 4B 1756_MODULE C 0 Local 1 1 AB1756_MODULE_INT_ Local 1 0 AB 1756_MODULE INT Local 2 AB 1756_MODULE C 0 s Local 2 1 AB 1756_MODULE INT Local 2 0 AB 1756_MODULE_INT MVISEPDPM 1 PDPM 1_ModuleDet PSS6PDPM 1 PSS6PDPMY 1_LEGACY Cancel ProSoft Technology Inc Page 31 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 12 Change the defaul t tags MVIS6PDPMV1 and PS56PDPMV1 to avoid conflict with existing tags by append the string _2 or any other unique identifier string as follows Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Inst _ Nams Alias For Local 2 Locak2 0 MVIS56PDPMV 1_2 PS56PDPMY1_2 x y 19 tuctions 4AB 1756_MODULE_INT_5O0Bytes 0 Discard AB 1756_MODULE_INT_496Bytes 0 0 PDPMYV1_ModuleDef PS5S6PDPMV1_LEGACY Discard Create New Create New E Cancel Help 13 Click OK to confirm
88. EP Gut Ctrl x Gopy Ghl G Paste Gh Print Gtrl P ProSoft Technology Inc Page 33 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 Inthe Select Module Type dialog box select 1756 MODULE GENERIC 1756 MODULE from the list and and then click OK This action opens the Module Properties dialog box Select Module Type Type Major Revision 1756 MODULE 1 Type Description 1756 L53 ControlLogix5553 Controller 1756 L55 ControlLogix5555 Controller 1756 L63 ControlLogix5563 Controller 1756 MO024E 2 Axis Analog Encoder Servo 1756 MO8SE 8 Axis SERCOS Interface 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module 1756 0416 16 Point 74V 265 AC Output 1756 04161 16 Point 74 265 AC Isolated Output 1756 048 8 Point 74 265 AC Output 1756 048D 8 Point 74 132 AC Diagnostic Output 1756 0A8E 8 Point 74 132 AC Electronically Fused Output 1756 0B16D 16 Point 19 2 30 DC Diagnostic Output v Show Vendor All V Other MV Specialty 1 0 Select All M Analog M Digital I Communication MV Motion MV Controller Clear All Cancel Help 4 Inthe Module Properties dialog box enter the NAME DESCRIPTION and SLOT options for your application using the examples in the following illustration You must select the COMM FORMAT as DATA INT in the dialog box Failure to set the correct parameters will result in backplane communication problems
89. ERR LED on the module will be illuminated 120 145 Reserved Reserved for future use 146 147 In mailbox queue count Number of message in the in mailbox queue 148 149 Out mailbox queue Number of message in the out mailbox queue count 150 151 Alarm queue count Number of message in the alarm queue 152 153 Last out mailbox Last out mailbox message ID processed from output image message ID processed from output image 154 155 Current in mailbox Current in mailbox control index control index 156 157 Current alarm control Current alarm control index index 158 496 Reserved for future use 496 497 Index of Output image to receive 1 to 4 for data 0 or 1 if no data 498 499 Block index of 1 or 0 for status block Page 236 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Reference User Manual Output Data Block Block ID 1 to 4 This block contains the PROFIBUS output data to be sent from the processor to the module Output Data Block Format Output Image You can find the contents of the Output Data Block Output Image in the MVI56PDPMV1 Output user controller tag structure in RSLogix Word Offset Start End Name Description 0 0 Block ID Block number 1 to 4 1 200 PROFIBUS Output PROFIBUS Output Data Data going to the PROFIBUS Data Network 201 201 Reserved Reserved for future use 202 202 Reserved Reserved for future use 203 203 Reserved
90. FIBUS network through the ClPconnect path Refer to the PROFIBUS DP section in ProSoft Configuration Builder and verify the same path you have just created through the Download button You can also re edit the path through the CIP Path Edit button 1 Click CONFIGURE PROFIBUS PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup PROFIBUS Master Module Communications Profibus Editor Not started Select Port 1756 ENBT v t 105 102 0 12 p 1 s 2 Test Connection CIP Path Edit PROFIBUS Setup and Monitor Checksums Prohibit Master Control PROFIBUS Configure PROFIBUS Module Calculate Processor Network Memory Map Show Memory Map Export Master Config Page 112 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 Select ONLINE gt MONITOR MODIFY to monitor the PROFIBUS network through the ClPconnect path S ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS M I56 PDPMV1 Project View PROFIBUS Mei Option Tools Windows Help amp E g Download configuration Prosoft GSD BH PROFIBUSDP Set slave address PROFIBUS Master s Configuration Online properties The configured slave s should have a green border indicating successful PROFIBUS communication ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS MVI56 PDPMV1 Project View PROFIBUS Online Option fools W
91. H 64 L 79H 80L 95H 96L 99H Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave ProLinx Profibus Slave ProLinx Profibus Slave ProLinx Profibus Slave ProLinx Profibus Slave ProLinx Profibus Slave ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 7 16 Words Output Slot 8 16 Words Output Slot 9 16 Words Output Slot 10 16 Words Output Slot 11 16 Words Output Slot 12 16 Words Output Slot 13 4 Words Output Savein Q Desktop amp i ek Ae E My Computer omy Documents my Network Places File name 56PDPMV1_LEGACY_AddOn_Rung_v1_2 L5X Save as type Logix5000 Partial Import Export Files 5x Cancel Display C Inputs Outputs For FLEX Mode InRAx Data Type Start Offset End Offset OL 15H 16L 31H 47 H 63 H 79H 95H 99H Slave Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 Address 3 48L Save As Show Slot Numbers M Show Profibus Address ProLinx Profibus S ProLinx Profibus S ProLinx Profibus ProLinx Profibus S ProLinx Profibus ProLinx Profibus S ProLinx Profibus S Slot Slot 7 16 Words Output Slot 8 16 Words Output Slot 9 16 Words Output Slot 10 16 Words Output Slot 11 16 Words Output Slot 12 16 Words Output Slot 13 4 Words Output Savein Desktop ss KE p My Computer amy Documents my Network Places MVIS6PDPM 1_FLEX_AddOn_R
92. IBUS data fits into ten backplane blocks same PROFIBUS data count per block E Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local Name MVIS6PDPMY1 Description Comm Format Slot Fj Connection Parameters Input Output Configuration Assembly Instance 16 bit 16 bit 8 bit Status Offline For this scenario each backplane block reserves 10 words for PROFIBUS I O data The configured PROFIBUS I O size 100 words will not fit into one block so ten backplane input blocks and ten backplane output blocks will be required Backplane Block Overview Block Input Total word count in Number Output Backplane block PROFIBUS Data Word Count in backplane block Initial PROFIBUS Data Word Offset in backplane block Last PROFIBUS Data Word Offset in backplane block 1 Input 18 10 0 9 2 Input 18 10 10 19 3 Input 18 10 20 29 4 Input 18 10 30 39 5 Input 18 10 40 49 6 Input 18 10 50 59 7 Input 18 10 60 69 8 Input 18 10 70 79 9 Input 18 10 80 89 10 Input 18 10 90 99 1 Output 15 10 0 9 2 Output 15 10 10 19 3 Output 15 10 20 29 4 Output 15 10 30 39 5 Output 15 10 40 49 6 Output 15 10 50 59 7 Output 15 10 60 69 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 47 of 251 Start Here
93. Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Mailbox Messaging User Manual 3 6 2 Return Codes Possible error codes in Message Data word Return Code The Return Codes can be byte swapped Return Code Name Meaning 8010h DPMC_ERR_V1C_CLOSED Internal DPMC instance no longer exists 8011h DPMC_ERR_V1C_STOPPED Internal DPMC instance has already been stopped 8012h DPMC_ERR_V1C_STARTED Internal DPMC instance has already been started 8013h DPMC_ERR_V1C_STATE_UNKNOWN Internal DPMC instance has entered an undefined state 8021h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_ACTIVE A request is already active 8022h DPMC_ERR_V1C_NOT_ALLOWED Internal DPMC module not initialized correctly 8023h DPMC_ERR_V1C_INVALID_PAR Invalid parameter in user request 8024h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MEM_ALLOC Internal memory allocation error 8025h DPMC_ERR_V1C_L2 REQ Unknown opcode in the confirmation 8026h DPMC_ERR_V1C_TIMEOUT Active request terminated with timeout 8028h DPMC_ERR_V1C_INVALID_LEN Invalid length in user request 8030h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_NEG Negative indication from lower layer 8031h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_RE Message frame format error in response 8042h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_WITHDRAW Request was recalled 8043h DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_NOT_FOUND Associated request block not found 80C1h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_FE Format error in request frame 80C2h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_NI Function not i
94. Information Contents 0100h Address out of range 0200h Group number 0 not permitted OA00h Failed to send Global 0A00h Incorrect operation mode Clear Operate Only Control request ae 0150h Invalid Freeze Group Group is not initiated to be Freeze Group 0250h Invalid Sync Group Group is not initiated to be Sync Group 0350h Incorrect Control Command 0450h No Sync or Freeze groups enabled in Master configuration FFOOh Module not initialized ProSoft Technology Inc Page 149 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 2 Mailbox Message Get Slave Diagnostics This command reads diagnostic data from a specified slave Note The response data size depends on the actual slave implementation Range 6 to 244 Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name GET SLAVE DIAGNOSTICS Command Number 0400h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Get Slave Diagnostics Message ID Message information Data size Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Extended word 1 Address Request Extended word 2 to 6 Extended word 8 Response 0002h 0004h Get Slave Diagnostics Size of data 0001h 0001h 0000h 0000h Type of Request Extended Fault Info Slave Address Fault Informat
95. MM_NI Function not implemented 0042h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_AD Access denied 0043h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_EA Area too large 0044h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_LE Data block length too large 0045h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_RE Format error in response frame 0046h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_IP Invalid parameter 0047h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_SC Sequence conflict 0048h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_SE Sequence error 0049h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_NE Area non existent 004Ah DPMC_ERR_M_MM_DI Data incomplete or incorrect 004Bh DPMC_ERR_M_MM_NC Master parameter set not compatible 004Ch DPMC_ERR_M_S7_XA PROFIBUS error for DP V1 NRS PDU received 004Dh DPMC_ERR_M_S7_XR 004Eh DPMC_ERR_M_S7_XW ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 173 of 251 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Page 174 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 4 4 1 4 2 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting In This Chapter Basic Troubleshooting Steps ecceeeceseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseneeeeneeteas 175 LED Status Indicators Front of MVI56 Module ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 175 Using ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB for Diagnostics 180 The module provides information on diagnostics and troubleshooting in the following forms LED status indicators on the front of the module provide general information on the module s status You can view status dat
96. MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Block Input Total word countin PROFIBUS Data Initial PROFIBUS Last PROFIBUS Data Number Output Backplane block Word Count in Data Word Offset in Word Offset in backplane block backplane block backplane block 8 Output 15 10 70 79 9 Output 15 10 80 89 10 Output 15 10 90 99 Note This configuration would be extremely inefficient and is therefore not recommended The first example Scenario 1 is a more efficient configuration that will accomplish the same thing much faster with one backplane transfer This example is here solely to illustrate how changing the I O sizes without changing the amount of PROFIBUS data to be transferred will affect the number of I O data blocks the module will need to transfer Creating a New RSLogix5000 Project Flex 1 Open the File menu and then choose NEw F RSLogix 5000 sie Edit view Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help B New Ctrl N gt Open Ctrl o 2 Select Revision 16 or newer New Controller Vendor Type Revision Name Description Chassis Type Slot Create In Allen Bradley 1756 L63 Controllocix5563 Controller oo 16 v Cancel F Redundancy Enabled Help MyController 1756 44 4 Slot ControlLogix Chassis Y 0 C ARSLogix 5000 Projects Browse Page 48 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platfo
97. Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 11 MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 12 MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In Identifier 13 10 3 au 16 0000 16 0000 16 59 16 59 16 59 16 59 16 59 16 69 16 69 16 69 16 69 16 69 16 00 16 00 16 00 16 00 The identifier bytes will match the byte sequence displayed through PCB for PROFIBUS CFG data column x ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS MVI56 PDPMV1 Project View PROFIBUS Online Prosoft GSD lt lt PROFIBUS DP ff PROFIBUS Master Option Tools Windows Help Bus Configuration 1 Device path PROFIBUS DP Gateway ProSoft Technology Inc MVIE9 PDPS 10 Words Input 10 Words Input 10 Words Input 10 Words Input 10 Words Input 10 Words Output 10 Words Output 10 Words Output 10 Words Output 10 Words Output ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 139 of 251 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 2 4 Reading Alarms The module will automatically read alarms received from DPV1 slaves into specific controller tags When the ladder recognizes that the module has received a new alarm the module will latch the MVIS6PDPMV1 Util CurrentAlarm 15 bit The sample ladder logic will automatically recognize that the module has an alarm pending and execute a message instruction to poll for the alarm When the message is successfully executed the ladder
98. Messaging Mailbox commands from processor to module e PROFIBUS Messaging Mailbox responses from module to processor In LEGACY mode the module reports this information through regular I O blocks In FLEX mode this data is exchanged through MSG instructions The transfer method depends on the configured mode e Legacy Mode Input and Output Data Blocks page 231 firmware version 0 30 or version 1 21 or later and Use Legacy Mode Yes e Flex Mode Input and Output Data Blocks page 238 firmware version 1 21 or later and Use Legacy Mode No ProSoft Technology Inc Page 230 of 251 July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 4 1 Legacy Mode Input and Output Data Blocks The following illustration shows how the transfer of user data mailbox block and status data is performed between the module and the ControlLogix processor Profibus Profibus Backplane Controller Slaves Master Driver Driver Memory Cfg Data Status Data input Mailbox saa input Mailbox Input Data Control Data Output Mailbox Output Image Output Mailbox Output Data The blocks that are transferred between the module and the processor can perform different tasks according to the Block ID numbers as listed in the following table Block ID Numbers for Transfer Block s Type Description 1 or 0 Status Block containing status data refer to Status Objects 1 to 4 Input Data In
99. PDPMV1_v16_LEGACY in MVIS56PDPMV1_LEG Fie Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help z Ea alsa S e oo g Offline fl m RUN A Path knone gt No Forces b a No Edits 2 mo KI I i x ADA Favorites Sy fete eg MYIS6PDPMY1_vig Controller Tags Ga Controller Fault Handler 9 Power Up Handler Generate Report Sj Tasks Print gt MainTask amp MainProg ai Properties Alt Enter E Unscheduled Programs PHASES Page 66 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 Onthe shortcut menu choose PROPERTIES This action opens the Controller Properties dialog box f RSLogix 5000 MVIS6PDPMV1_v16_LEGACY in MVIS56PDPMV1_LEGACY_v16 ACD 1756 163 File Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help aisig g 8 e 3 lanl Ie e le 4 tt tet st 44 4 EO ES gt D 4 P f Favorites 5 6 Controller MVIS6PDPMY1_v16_LEGACY f Controller Properties MVIS6PDPMV1_v16_LEGACY Controller Tags Controller Fault Handler Date Time Advanced SFC Execution File Redundancy Nonvolatile Memory Memory i Power Up Handler General SerialPort System Protocol User Protocol Major Faults Minor Faults G Tasks 5 8 MainTask Vendor Allen Bradley MainProgram 4 S tanos Programs Phases Type 1756 L63 ControlLogix5563 Controller gt Change Controller 5 6 Motion Groups Revision 16
100. PDPMYV1_2 Connection_Input Locak2 Data Connection_Output Local2 0 Data MVISEPDPMV1 MVIS6PDPMV1_2 J 2 1756 MODULE MVIS6PDPMVI_2 s The setup procedure is now complete Save the project and download the application to your ControlLogix processor ProSoft Technology Inc Page 32 of 251 July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Adding MVI56 PDPMV1 Logic To Existing Applications Perform the following steps to add the sample ladder logic into your existing application The controller tags and user defined data types provided with the sample ladder logic are critical to incorporating the MVI56 PDPMV1 into your application Legacy Mode Note You cannot perform this procedure while you are online to the controller 1 Open your application in RSLogix 5000 2 Inthe Controller Organization list in RSLogix 5000 click the right mouse button on the O Configuration option to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose NEW MODULE This action opens the Select Module Type dialog box Controller Controller A Controller Tags 9 Controller Fault Handler 9 Power Up Handler Tasks ta MainTask 3 MainProgram Unscheduled Programs Motion Groups 2 Ungrouped Axes Trends Data Types CR User Defined C Strings CR Predefined CR Module Defined 1 0 Cg New Module o m E a P BBP
101. PMV1 requires firmware version 1 37 002 or later to support ClPconnect through the Ethernet port to L32E and L35E CompactLogix processors Note This functionality requires comDTM version 1 0 1 5 with install version 1 01 0003 For information on how to check the comDTM version and install version refer to Verifying the comDTM Version and comDTM Install Version page 224 5 3 1 ProSoft Technology Product Availability Part Number Description PSW cDTM PDPM PROFIBUS DPV1 Master comDTM software gateway ProSoft Technology Inc Page 209 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 3 2 Introduction to PROFIBUS comDTM Why Use PROFIBUS comDTM Customers from around the world have different machines fieldbusses and other end user equipment Each is equipped with the field bus requested by their end user Since there are so many variations the automation solution in their standard machine ends up being different from case to case This means that service engineers need to have different configuration tools for every fieldbus Or maybe even one for every device You want one but the reality is you have many This is where PROFIBUS comDTM can help with configuring and communicating with different networks products and suppliers What is PROFIBUS PROFIBUS Process Field Bus is a widely used open standards protocol created by a consortium of European factory automa
102. Path Edit PROFIBUS Setup and Monitor Checksums Prohibit Master Control Configure PROFIBUS Processor Network Memory Map Show Memory Map Export Master Config PROFIBUS Module Calculate Page 100 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual This action opens the inRAx Data Type dialog box InRAx Data Type Start Offset End Offset Slave Slot OL Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 0 16 Words Input 16L Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 1 16 Words Input Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 2 16 Words Input Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 3 16 Words Input Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 4 16 Words Input Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 5 16 Words Input ress 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 6 4 Words Input Display I Show Slot Numbers Export Processor Files Inputs Outputs M Show Profibus Address Print 2 Notice that there are buttons in the Display area of the dialog box to show INPUTS or OUTPUTS These Input and Output maps correspond to the Input and Output data you configured for the Configuring the PROFIBUS Slaves page 85 Notice also that there are CHECK BOXES to optionally show if checked or hide if not checked the slot numbers and PROFIBUS addresses 3 Click PRINT to print the input and output maps for refer
103. Pconnect Path Editor Connect PATH EDITOR Source Module IP Source Module Node Destination Module No Source Module Address Address Destination Module Slot Number 1756 ENBT 192 168 0100 mn 1756 CNB t 192 168 0 100 p 1 8 2 p 2 c 0p 1 8 6 Add Rack Delete Rack Construct CIP Path OK Cancel e ProSoft Technology Inc Page 115 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 Check the new path in the C Pconnect text box Download files from PC to module STEP 1 Select Communication Path Select Connection Type 1756 ENBT Ethernet ClIPconnect STEP 2 Transfer File s DOWNLOAD Test Connection DK Cancel 4 Click TEST CONNECTION to verify that the physical path is available The following message should be displayed upon success Download files from PC to module STEP 1 Select Communication Path 1756 ENBT ProSoft Configuration Builder x t Default IP Select Connection Type Ethernet ClPconnect Successfully Connected STEP 2 Transfer File DOWNLOAD Connection 5 Click DOWNLOAD to download the configuration files to the module through the path Download files from PC to module JModule Running STEP 1 Select Communication Path Select Connection Type 1756 ENBT x Ethernet CIPconnect t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 2 p 2 S
104. ProSoft TECHN GLO SG Where Automation Connects MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master P R 0 F js fu M A T A July 29 2015 USER MANUAL Your Feedback Please We always want you to feel that you made the right decision to use our products If you have suggestions comments compliments or complaints about our products documentation or support please write or call us ProSoft Technology 5201 Truxtun Ave 3rd Floor Bakersfield CA 93309 1 661 716 5100 1 661 716 5101 Fax www prosoft technology com support prosoft technology com MVI56 PDPMV1 User Manual July 29 2015 ProSoft Technology is a registered copyright of ProSoft Technology Inc All other brand or product names are or may be trademarks of and are used to identify products and services of their respective owners In an effort to conserve paper ProSoft Technology no longer includes printed manuals with our product shipments User Manuals Datasheets Sample Ladder Files and Configuration Files are provided on the enclosed DVD and are available at no charge from our web site http www prosoft technology com Important Installation Instructions Power Input and Output I O wiring must be in accordance with Class I Division 2 wiring methods Article 501 4 b of the National Electrical Code NFPA 70 for installation in the U S or as specified in Section 18 1J2 of the Canadian Electrical Code fo
105. Reserved for future use 204 205 PROFIBUS CRC32 Computed for PROFIBUS Config value 206 207 Module CRC32 value Computed for module data When the module first starts up or recognizes an initialization of the processor it will compare the values of the two CRC s in the input and output images If either one of the CRCs do not match the module will be placed in Stop mode If each set matches the module will be placed in Operate mode 208 247 Reserved Reserved for future use ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 237 of 251 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 4 2 Flex Mode Input and Output Data Blocks The following illustration shows how the transfer of data mailbox block and status data is performed between the MVI56 PDPMV1 and the ControlLogix processor Profibus Profibus Backplane Controller Slaves Master Driver Driver Memory Cfg Data Msg Get Status Reques Cig Data Status Data hsg Get Status Response Status Data gt _ put Mailbox sg Mailbox Response Input Mailbox ret i Output Mailbox Msg Mailbox Request Output Mailbox ou The PROFIBUS I O data is transferred through the backplane I O images The status and mailbox data is transferred through MSG instructions Block ID Numbers for Transfer Block Type Description 0 Input Data This block is generated only if the module has a single input block the configured PROFIBUS input data fi
106. SG instructions If the two names are not identical the import may appear to have completed successfully but the module will not work correctly because the MSG instructions will not have the correct module name in the MSG instruction Communication tab Path parameter If you receive any warning messages from RSLogix 5000 during or after the import about duplicate data types being overwritten or not imported you may safely ignore these messages The module will function correctly You can eliminate any such warning messages by deleting all UDTs before importing the new ladder rung file 6 At this point you are ready to import your new ladder rung file with your configurations changes Please return to the previous section and follow the procedure found in the topic Exporting the Processor Files for PCB v2 2 0 or later page 103 Page 76 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 1 9 Downloading the Sample Program to the Processor To download the sample program from RSLogix 5000 to the ControlLogix processor Note The key switch on the front of the ControlLogix module must be in the REM position Be sure you have saved a copy of the latest version of your RSLogix 5000 project file before you attempt a download 1 Connect to the processor using the best available method 2 If you are not already online with the processor open the COMMUNIC
107. SetSlaveMode_MSG_2 SetStopMode_MSG_2 StartSlaves_MSG_2 StopSlaves_MSG_2 CoP _ Copy File Source Connection_Output_2 Data 0 Dest Local 2 0 Data 0 248 Length IOT Immediate Output Update Tag Local 2 0 15 The module name associated with the project uses a different name than the standard MVIS56PDPMV1 You must re define the path accordingly for each MESSAGE tag associated to the Add On Instruction Click the L 1 symbol to set up each MESSAGE tag Select the Communication path as follows Message Configuration AcyclicRead_MSG_2 Configuration Communication Tag Path GET Browse MVI56PDPM 1 C sd l Connected Enable Eror Code Error Path Error Text D Enable Waiting Start Extended Error Code Done Cancel Done Length 0 Timed Out ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 63 of 251 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 16 Select the BROWSE button and select the correct module to be associated to the MESSAGE instruction Click OK to confirm E Message Path Browser Path MVISGPDPMV1_2 MVI56PDPMV1_2 1 0 Configuration 1756 Backplane 1756 44 fa 0 1756 L63 MyController J 1 1756 MODULE MYI56PDPMY 1 ff 2 1756 MODULE MVIS56PDPMV1_2 OK Cancel Help 0K cmo Hep 17 Click OK to confirm the MESSAGE configuration R
108. SlaveDiag mailbox message If there are more files with the same Ident number in the device catalog the first matching GSD file will be displayed in blue color in a drop down list 99 NICE DEVICE Nice Module 1 NICEDEV GSD Nice Module 2 NICEDEV GSD 104 0x1000 0x21 NICEDEV2 GSD 0x11 This could be the case if the device catalog contains two or more brand labeled devices or GSD files for two or more languages for example NICEDEV GSD and NICEDEV GSE exist Note If the user selects another GSD file The PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will update the modules for that slave accordingly If no GSD file is found the user will be able to copy the expected GSD to the device catalog by clicking the icon next to the text No GSD found This will start the Install new GS file dialog box When the file is installed the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will verify that the installed file matches the slave and update the modules for the slave accordingly Rescan Pressing the YES button will trigger a new network scan Before proceeding with the scan a message similar to the one below will appear If a new scan is accepted detected slaves found during the previous scan will be lost CS Sl The result from the previous scan will be lost Do you want to scan the network again Page 96 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Ma
109. TEP 2 Transfer File s DOWNLOAD Test Connection Ok Cancel l Page 116 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual You can also monitor the PROFIBUS network through the ClPconnect path Refer to the PROFIBUS DP section in ProSoft Configuration Builder and verify the same path you have just created through the Download button You can also re edit the path through the CIP Path Edit button 1 Click CONFIGURE PROFIBUS PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup PROFIBUS Master Module Communications Profibus Editor Not started Select Port 1756 ENBT kd t 105 102 0 12 p 1 s 1 p 2 c 2 p 1 Test Connection CIP Path Edit PROFIBUS Setup and Monitor Checksums PROFIBUS Module Calculate Processor Network Memory Map I Prohibit Master Control Show Memory Map Export Master Config OK 2 Select ONLINE gt MONITOR MODIFY to monitor the PROFIBUS network through the ClPconnect path S ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS MVI56 PDPMV1 Project View PROFIBUS Mein Option Tools Windows Help amp 5 g Download configuration Prosoft GSD 4 PROFIBUS DP i PROFIBUS Master s Configuration ProSoft Technology Inc Page 117 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Mas
110. USB Serial Hub III Prolific v4 0 100 1190 0 05MB TT v 4 You will see the comDTM Install Version in the Version field as shown in the following illustration 1 01 0003 for this example Support Info ProSoft Technology COM DTM Use the Following information to get technical support For ProSoft Technology COM DTM Publisher ProSoft Technology Inc Version 1 01 0003 Contact Technical Support Department Support Information http s www psft com content view Full 26 Support Telephone 1 661 716 5100 Product Updates http prosoft technology com content view Full 9563 If this program is not working properly you may z reinstall it by clicking Repair Page 226 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Checking the Install Version for Vista 1 Select CONTROL PANEL Default Programs Windows Update Programs Documents E Control Panel z L Network Connections Search AA kr 5am Printers gt Help and Support EL Taskbar and Start Menu Run Shut Down 2 Select UNINSTALL PROGRAMS r w gt v m pus w e c gt Control Panel gt 44 e Control Panel Home Classic View Recent Tasks Uninstall a program System and Maintenance Get started with Windows Back up your computer Network and Internet Vie
111. V1 specification can be found here ProSoft Technology Inc Page 161 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 8 Mailbox Message Alarm Indication This message indicates to the application that a DPV1 slave has transferred an alarm message to the Master This mailbox message is sent spontaneously by the module the module itself initiates the mailbox communications Detailed information about the cause of the alarm is presented in extended words 1 to 3 and in the message data field see below Command and Response Layout Alarm Indication Message information Command Alarm Indication Data size request length Extended word 1 Slave Slot Number Address Extended word 2 Seq Number Alarm Spec Ack Extended word 3 Alarm Type Ext Diag Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Fault Information Page 162 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Slave Address Station address of the slave that issued the alarm Slot Number Used by the slave to indicate the source of the alarm Range 0 to 254 Seq Number Unique identification number of the alarm Range 0 to 31 Alarm Spec Ack Provides additional information about the alarm such as if an error appears or disappears Also indicates whether the slave needs additional knowledge from the Master For e
112. V2 08 00 PROFBUS_OPVI Enchsisihasim Flow EI Temperahae Prke OTH PROFBUS_DPVI ErubeterHavier Tewgewmuse Tretece H manee Denci SOFTWARE FEWSION_LIST mwn PACTware ia pol Arrango Beet G s IAS Owm ere A r coom s 2 rrome mom i em ne l irten araneft ou EC ETTET Page 216 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Connecting the comDTM to the Master to Establish Communication Note The features described in this section require the current version of PROFIBUS comDTM You can always download the newest version from www prosoft technology com 1 From the Windows START button navigate to PROGRAMS gt PROSOFT TECHNOLOGY and then choose PROSOFT TRANSPORT PATH EDITOR 2 If you have not created a communication path click the ADD button If you have already created a path skip to step 5 A Transport Path Editor xi Serial Ethernet CIPConnect PathId Path Name _Comm Port Delete Selected Path 0 OK Cancel 3 For PTQ PDPMV1 and ProLinx PDPMV1 users Select the ETHERNET tab and enter the IP Address of the module or gateway Enter a descriptive path name Note Do not include the underscore _ for the path name A Transport Path Editor xi Serial Ethernet CIPConnect PathId Path Name IP Address ye i PathName 192 168 0 100 Add Delete Selected Path 1 OK Canc
113. Verifying Correct Operation 119 Verifying the comDTM Version and comDTM Install Version 209 213 214 219 224 Viewing Block Transfer Statistics 187 Viewing Control Registers 189 Viewing Data in ASCII Text Format 191 193 Viewing Data in Decimal Format 191 193 Viewing Data in Floating Point Format 191 193 Viewing Data in Hexadecimal Format 191 193 Viewing Input Data 188 Viewing Module Configuration 187 Index User Manual Viewing Module Status 188 Viewing Output Data 188 Viewing PROFIBUS Data 188 Viewing PROFIBUS Slave Diagnostic Bytes 194 Viewing the Controller Tags in RSLogix 5000 119 125 Viewing the Fieldbus Data from the MVI56 PDPMV1 s Configuration Debug Menu 119 122 Viewing the Next Page of Registers 191 193 Viewing the Online Status of the PROFIBUS Network 120 Viewing the Previous Page of Registers 191 193 Viewing Version Information 188 Ww Warnings 2 Warranty Information 248 What is DTM 212 What is FDT 210 What is PROFIBUS 210 Why Use PROFIBUS comDTM 210 Y Your Feedback Please 2 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 251 of 251
114. _Connection_Output Name PDPM1_Connection_Output Description Connection input to be associated to the module Members Data Type Size 496 byte s Description Data INT 248 j Decimal Backplane output connection type change the array size for your applice Cen 6 The imported ladder rung has also used the default I O settings Input Count 250 words Output Count 248 words If different values are used make the following changes to the ladder logic COP Instruction input Change the Length to match the number of input words configured for the module The default uses 250 words COP Copy File Source Local 1 1 Data 0 Dest Connection_Input Data 0 Lenath NEQ Instruction Change the array element as the last element of the connection input array The default refers to element 249 since this is the last element of the array of 250 words For example if the module connection input is set as 122 words set the last element as 121 NEQ Not Equal Source Local1 Date Source B MVIS6PDPMY1 UtilLastRead ge Page 42 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual COP Instruction output Change the Length to match the number of output words configured for the module The default uses 248 words Co Copy File Source Connection_Output Data O Dest Local 1 0 Data f Length Example FLEX
115. _MSG Export Rung SetStopMode_MSG SetStopMode_MSG StartSlaves_MSG StartSlaves_MSG StopSlaves_MSG StopSlaves_MSG Accept Pending Rung Cdits COP Copy File Source Connection_Output Data 0 Dest Local 1 0 Data 0 Length 248 era Verify Rung Immediate Output Update Tag Local 1 0 GoTo Ctrl G Add Ladder Element Alt Ins 9 Select the PS56PDPMV1_FLEX_v L5X standard sample file or the MVI56PDPMV1_FLEX_AddOn_Rung_v L5X custom file you exported from PCB and click the IMPORT button Import Rung OQ MVI56PDPM 1 vl c EB gt FS PSS6PDPMV L_FLEX L5X My Recent Documents 1 File name PS56PDPMY1_FLEX LEX x 3 My Network Files of type RSLogix 5000 XML Files L5x X Places Page 58 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Start Here User Manual 10 The following window will be displayed showing the tags to be imported Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions Acyclicwrite_MSG Connection_Input Connection_Output GetAlarm_MSG GetLiveList_MSG GetMailbox_MSG GetSlaveCfg_MSG GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG GetStatus_MSG Local1 1 Local 1 0 MVI56PDPMV 1 PSS6PDPMY1_FLE SetClearMode_MSG SetOperateMode_MSG SetSlaveAddress_MSG SetSlaveMode_MSG SetStopMode_MSG StartSlaves_MSG StopSlaves_MSG amp Alias For Data Type MESSAGE MESSAGE PDPM1_Connection_Input PDPM 1_Connect
116. a contained in the module through the Configuration Debug port or the Ethernet port using the troubleshooting and diagnostic capabilities of ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB You can transfer status data values from the module to processor memory and can monitor them in the processor manually or by customer created logic For details on Status Data values see Error Status Table Basic Troubleshooting Steps 1 2 3 Verify that the module is installed correctly and is communicating with the processor Install the most current version of ProSoft Configuration Builder Note the color and behavior of the LED Status Indicators lights on the front panel Refer to the chart in the following section for examples LED Status Indicators Front of MVI56 Module The LEDs indicate the module s operating status The module has two sets of LED status indicators MVI56 Module Status LEDs on the front of PROFIBUS Master Status LEDs behind the the module near the top door on the front of the module ProSoft Technology Inc Page 175 of 251 July 29 2015 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 4 2 1 Module Faceplate Status Indicators Indicator Color Status Indication CFG Green ON Configuration Debug Port is active OFF Configuration Debug Port is inactive P1 Not Used P2 Not Used APP Amber ON Configuration Error Th
117. aeeeeneeseneees 71 1 8 5 Changing and Importing Configuration Changes for PCB v 2 2 0 and up only 73 1 9 Downloading the Sample Program to the Processor css ceceeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 77 1 10 Connecting Your PC to the MOdUIe cccccceeeeeeeeeeeceneeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeesennees 78 2 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module 79 2 1 Setting Up the Project e a E aa aiai 80 2 2 Setting Module Parameters ccccceesceeeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeeeseenees 81 2 3 Configuring the PROFIBUS Master cccccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeesaeeeeeeeeenee 83 2 3 1 Installing the GSD Files ccceseseeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaeseeneeseeeeeseaeeeeaaesseneesaas 84 2 3 2 Configuring the PROFIBUS Slaves cccccccecceeseeceeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeseeeseeeees 85 2 3 3 Printing the Processor Network Memory Map ccccceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeeeenas 100 2 3 4 Exporting the Processor Files Prior to PCB v2 2 0 ccceceseeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 102 2 3 5 Exporting the Processor Files for PCB v2 2 0 or later n se 103 2 3 6 Backing Up the Project ccesccccecssececeeeseceeeenseceeeeseeeeeesenaeeesseeeeeeneneeeesnenaeeeennes 105 2 4 Downloading the Project to the Module 0 00 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeneaas 107 2 4 1 Example 1 Local Rack Application cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeteaaeeeeeeaeeeeneaas 109 2 4 2 Example
118. al information 0003h DPMC_ERR_M_MEM_ALLOC Internal memory allocation error 0004h DPMC_ERR_M_L2 REQ Unknown opcode in the configuration 0005h DPMC_ERR_M_INVALID_PAR Invalid parameter in user request 0007h DPMC_ERR_M_NOT_IN_DATA Slave is not in DataExchange thus no DP V1 request can exist 0012h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_ACTIVE A request is already active 0018h DPMC_ERR_M_NOT_ALLOWED Internal DPMC module not initialized correctly 0021h DPMC_ERR_M_CLOSED Internal DPMC instance no longer exists 0022h DPMC_ERR_M_STOPPED Internal DPMC instance has already been stopped 0023h DPMC_ERR_M_STARTED Internal DPMC instance has already been started 0024h DPMC_ERR_M_STATE_UNKNOWN Internal DPMC instance has entered an undefined state 002Fh DPMC_ERR_M_SLAVE_NOT_FOUND Slave does not respond 0031h DPMC_ERR_M_TIMEOUT Active request terminated with timeout 0034h DPMC_ERR_M_INVALID_LEN Invalid length in user request 0035h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_NEG Negative indication from lower layer 0036h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_RE Message frame format error in response 0037h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_WITHDRAW Request was recalled Page 172 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Mailbox Messaging User Manual Return Code Name Meaning 0038h DPMC_ERR_M_REQ_NOT_FOUND Associated request block not found 0040h DPMC_ERR_M_MM_FE Format error in request frame 0041h DPMC_ERR_M_
119. application For this example if your application requires the PROFIBUS total data sizes configured as follows through the ProSoft Configuration Builder e PROFIBUS INPUT DATA SIZE 100 WORDS PROFIBUS OUTPUT DATA SIZE 100 WORDS Edit MVI Profibus Master DPV1 Input Data Size Output Data Size 100 Input Byte Swap No oo Output Byte Swap No Use Legacy Mode No Comment Number of profibus input point words Reset Tag Reset All Cancel Then the following four scenarios illustrate the flexible I O size functionality FLEX using different backplane I O sizes for the same PROFIBUS I O size ProSoft Technology Inc Page 43 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Scenario 1 The PROFIBUS data fits into one backplane block This example uses the following backplane configuration W Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local Name MVIS6PDPMY1 Description Comm Format Slot Connection Parameters Input Output Configuration Assembly Instance 1 H 16 bit 2 H 16 bit 4 Bbi Status Offline Cancel For this scenario each backplane block reserves 100 words for PROFIBUS data so the data fits into one backplane I O block The
120. arameters must be downloaded Do you really want to download and start the network scan When the download is completed the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will initialize the Master to operate as a Class 2 Master only In this mode it is possible to initialize the Master even if the database does not contain any slaves After successful initialization the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will issue the following mailboxes in order to gather information about the connected slaves 1 1 Send FB_APPL_GET_LIVE_LIST in order to detect connected slaves 2 2 Send FB_APPL_GET_SLAVE_DIAG external request to all devices identified as slaves according to the Live list 3 3 Send FB_APPL_GET SLAVE _CONFIG to all devices identified as slaves according to the Live list Page 90 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual When the information is collected the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will find a matching GSD file and extract information from it Refer to the flowchart below for this sequence NA siave with lowest node address ID Ident number for slave NA CFG identifier bytes for siave NA Stave name ID hex Module name s CFG hex GSD flie name No GSD found ProSoft Technology Inc Page 91 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 Con
121. aster Station not yet ready for Token ring station only physically at the bus 02h Master Station ready to enter Token ring there is not yet any Token transmission 03h Master Station in Token Ring Token transmission through the station 04h Station does not exist Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here Refer to Acyclic Message Status Word page 170 OAHOO Failed to build Live List FFOOh Module offline not initialized or no valid database ProSoft Technology Inc Page 157 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 6 Mailbox Message Class 1 Acyclic Data Read This command initiates a DPV1 Class 1 acyclic read request Refer to EN50170 DPV1 for more information Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name MSAC1 READ Command Number 2000h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Acyclic Read Message information Command Acyclic Read Data size Number of data bytes n Extended word 1 Slave Addr Slot Number Slave Addr Slot Number Extended word 2 Length Length Extended word 3 to 4 Sea Error Decode as Error Code 1 Error Code 2 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended
122. ated in this User Manual the module requires the correct sample program loaded to the processor for correct initialization and operation If the sample program is not set up correctly then the module might not fully initialize or allow access to the debug menu through PCB As indicated below it is required to have a sample program loaded in the processor in order to allow debug menu access through PCB and to be able to reconfigure the MVI56 PDPMV1 module Also if you observe the MSTR STAT LED as RED or blinking GREEN RED it means that an incorrect sample ladder logic was loaded to the processor not matching the actual module mode LEGACY or FLEX The following tables will help you to troubleshoot different scenarios and the LED behavior 4 2 4 Legacy Mode Use Legacy Mode Yes LED Behavior After Power Up Scenario Debug Access After Power Up Module located in slot that is not No configured Waiting for connection to OR processor No processor OR Neither sample logics loaded to processor LEGACY or FLEX MSTR STAT OFF COM STAT 0FF DBASE STAT GREEN TKN HLD OFF OK RED BP ACT AMBER APP STATUS AMBER ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 179 of 251 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Scenario Debug Access After Power Up LED Behavior After Power Up LEGACY Ladder loaded to Yes MSTR STAT GREEN processo
123. auser HART ProSoft Technology comDTM 1 0 1 5 2006 12 201 ProSoft Technology Inc Profibus DP W 1 Device type DTM information Device ProSoft Technology comD TM Manufacturer ProSoft Technology Inc Device ID SublD 1 Manufacturer ID Hardware revision Software revision Device revision Profile revision Is generic Help Page 224 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Reference User Manual Checking the comDTM Install Version 1 Click the START menu and then choose CONTROL PANEL ta My Documents 4 My Recent Documents gt is My Pictures 3 My Music vs My Computer a My Network Places E Control Panel Set Program Access and Defaults e Connect To Printers and Faxes 2 Inthe list of CONTROL PANEL applets select ADD OR REMOVE PROGRAMS CER a amp Control Panel File Edit view Favorites Tools Q pax z Help D P Search Folders Ez 5 G Control Panel Vg Control Panel x CG Switch to Category View See Also g windows Update Help and Support Name Accessibility Options S Add Hardware Add or Remove Programs 4 Administrative Tools 1 Aritamatic Indates F BACKPACK Finder combit Mail Settings gt Date and Time a Display orivers Manager Folder Options es Fonts T Game Controllers A Intel R PROSet II Internet Options lt E A
124. aveConfig PPE MVI56PDPM Y1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig Out Maaa MYI5S6PDPMY1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig Out Slave ddress 3 MYVI56PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig In a Toggle the trigger bit to initiate the mailbox message request MVISBPDPMV1 Command een MVIS56PDPM V1 Command AcyclicRead 0 MVIS56PDPM 1 Command Acyclicwrite 0 MVI56PDPM 1 Command GetLiveList 0 MVI56PDPMV1 Command GetSlaveConfig ey The trigger bit is automatically reset when the message is enabled for execution MVI56SPDPMY1 Command fz MVIS56PDPMY1 Command AcyclicRead MY I56PDPMY 1 Command Acyclicwrite 0o o p MY I56PDPMY 1 Command GetLiveList MVISSPDPMV1 Command GetSlaveConfig C o ProSoft Technology Inc Page 137 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master When the mailbox is successfully executed the counter ACC values will be incremented e MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG MailboxRequest DNCounter ACC Request e MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG MailboxResponse DNCounter ACC Response MVIS56PDPMY 1 UtLMSG aoa MYIS6PDPMY1 Uti MSG MailboxRequest Sted MVI56PDPMYV1 UtiL MSG MailboxRequest DNCounter cel MVI56PDPMY 1 UtiLMSG MailboxRequest DNCounter PRE 100000 MVIS6PDPMYV1 UtiL MSG Mailbox Request DNCounter ACC 1l MYVISSPDPMY1 Uti MSG MailbosR equest DN Counter CU 0 MYVI5SSPDPMY1 Uti MSG MailboxRequest DNCounter CD 0 MYVI56PDPM 1
125. box Legacy Mode This block contains the actual mailbox response sent by the module Block Format for Mailbox In Message Input Image Word Offset Word Offset Description Start End 0 143 Mailbox input message from module 144 247 Reserved for future use 248 248 Index of Output image to receive 1 to 4 for data 0 or 1 if no data 249 249 Block number 100 to 109 Page 142 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 3 3 2 Output Mailbox Legacy Mode The following block requests a mailbox message from the module Block Format for Mailbox Out Message Request Output Image Word Offset Word Offset Description Start End 0 0 Block number 100 to 109 1 144 Mailbox output message for module 145 247 Reserved for future use Block Format for Mailbox Out Message Response Input Image After the module receives the mailbox request it immediately sends a data block as confirmation that the block was received Word Offset Word Offset Description Start End 0 0 Block number 100 to 109 1 1 Status of out mailbox request 0 Request successfully added to mailbox queue 1 Queue allocation error 2 Queue is full 2 247 Reserved for future use 248 248 Index of output image to receive 1 to 4 for data 0 or 1 if no data 249 249 Block number 100 to 109 3 3 3 Receiving Mailbox Message Respon
126. buffer 1 0 A 16 Byte buffer 1 0 PROFIBUS Master Page 86 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 Drag the input and output parameters to the Slot Location Grid Subscriber List below the Bus Configuration window This view displays the slot number configuration data and starting input and output addresses The MVI56 PDPMV1 Master uses this information to identify and communicate with individual slaves on the network For this example we will configure thirty two 32 words of output and eight 8 words of input These input and output words are assigned to addresses within the MVI56 PDPMV1 module s internal database C4 ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS MNET DPV1 Project View PROFIBUS Online Option Tools Windows Help Prosoft GSD 7 Bus Configuration 1 BEE PROFIBUS DP HE Gateway Master General Valves Drives 3 EM 277 Controller a gt PLCs Mitsubishi Electric Corp Siemens 5 E EM 277 PROFIBUS DP 2 Bytes Out 2 Bytes In Slave 3 EM 277 PROFIBUS DP Device path PROFIBUS DP PLCs Siemens EM 277 PROFIBUS DP 8 Bytes Out 8 Bytes In 32 Bytes Dut 32 Bytes In 8 64 Bytes Dut 64 Bytes In 0 OxCO Ox5F 0x47 32 Word Out 8WordIn 5 68 1 Word Out 1 Word In 2Word Out 2 Word In 4Word Out 4 Word In 8 Word Out 8 Word In
127. cated in the same rack as the first 1756 ENBT module you should only set rack 1 and configure the associated parameters If the MVI56 PDPMV1 is available in a remote rack accessible through ControlNet or EtherNet IP then the user should include all racks through the ADD RACK button Parameter Description Source Module Source module type This field is automatically selected depending on the destination module of the last rack 1756 CNB or 1756 ENBT Source Module IP Address IP address of the source module only applicable for 1756 ENBT Source Module Node Address Node address of the source module only applicable for 1756 CNB Destination Module Select the destination module associated to the source module in the rack The connection between the source and destination modules is performed through the backplane Destination Module Slot Number The slot number where the destination module is located Page 108 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual To use the ClPconnect Path Editor follow these steps 1 Configure the path between the 1756 ENBT connected to your PC and the MVI56 PDPMV1 module If the module is located in a remote rack add more racks to configure the full path The path can only contain ControlNet or EtherNet IP networks The maximum number of supported racks is six
128. current address of the slave New Slave Address Range 1 to 125 specifies the new address of the slave Slave Ident Number Ident number for the slave which address should be altered No_add_Chg This parameter specifies whether it is allowed to change the slave address again later If this is not allowed it is only possible to change the address with this function after initial reset After the initial reset the slave takes the default address of 126 00h Change of address is still possible at a later stage 01h FFh Change of address is only possible after the initial address the default address 126 Error Code 1 4 If Return Code equals 3080h Negative indication from lower layer status values according to the DP specification in available in Error Code 1 Error Codes 2 and 3 are reserved Refer to Return Codes page 171 Return Code Refer to Return Codes page 171 Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here 0100h Current slave address out of range 0200h New slave address out of range OAOOh Failed to execute request OBOOh Remote station failure FFOOh Module not initialized Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 170 Slave Data With this parameter it is possible to deliver user specific data The data is stored in the slave if possible EEPROM FLASH or other s
129. d diagnostic data from slave Refer to Return Codes page 171 for additional fault information OBOOh Remote station failure Refer to Return Codes page 171 for additional fault information FFOOh Module offline not initialized or no valid database Station Status 1 3 Refer to EN50170 Vol 2 for more information Master Address Address of the Master that parameterized the slave Ident Number Unique ID assigned by the PROFIBUS User Organization Extended Diagnostic Data Slave user specific data Refer to the documentation for the actual slave for more information ProSoft Technology Inc Page 151 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 3 Mailbox Message Get Slave Configuration This command reads the configuration identifier bytes of a specified slave Note The response data size depends on the actual slave implementation Range 6 to 244 Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name GET SLAVE CONFIGURATION Command Number 0500h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Get Slave Configuration Message ID ID ID Acyclic Message Status 4002h 0002h Word Command 0005h 0005h Get Slave Configuration Data size 0000h Size of data Number of identifier bytes n Frame count 0001h 0001h Frame nu
130. d in the MVIS6PDPMV1 Mailbox Alarm controller tag structure MVI56PDPMY 1 Mailbox Alarm erate MYVI56PDPMY 1 Mailbox Alarm ByteCount MVI5S6PDPMV 1 Mailbox Alarm SlotNumber MVI56PDPMY 1 Mailbox Alarm SlaveAddress MVI5BEPDPM 1 Mailbox Alarm AlarmSpecAck MYI56PDPMY1 Mailbox Alarm S eqNumber MYIS6PDPMY1 Mailbox Alarm ExtDiag MYI5S6PDPMY 1 Mailbox Alarm AlarmT ype MYI5S6PDPM 1 Mailbox Alarm Faultlnformation MVI56PDPMY 1 Mailbox Alarm Data Navan MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox Alarm D ata 0 MYI56PDPMY1 Mailbox Alarm Data 1 MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox Alarm Data 2 MVIS6PDPMY 1 Mailbox Alarm Data 3 MYVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox Alarm D ata 4 nh o ol olkY jejje o Be e wow oOlF N Oo 3 2 5 Rebooting the Module In order to reboot the module toggle the MV 56PDPMV1 Command Reboot controller tag MY I56PDPMY1 Command EE MVI56PDPMY 1 Command AcyclicRead MY IS6PDPM 1 Command Acyclicwrite MVI56PDPM 1 Command GetLiveList MYI56PDPMY1 Command GetSlaveContig MYVISSPDPMY1 Command GetSlaveDiagnostics MYISSPDPMY1 Command GetStatus MYISSPDPMY1 Command Reboot KF jo o o o o0 o S ProSoft Technology Inc Page 141 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 3 Legacy Mode Mailbox Communication The processor requests a mailbox block by sending a block with a block number between 100 and 109
131. d is incremented by 1 for each new slave added to the network You can change the address in the Common tab of the Slave Properties dialog box PCB will not allow you to assign a PROFIBUS address that is already in use by another device on this network Leave the remaining settings unchanged for now and click OK to close the Slave Properties dialog box 7 Repeat steps 2 through 6 for all slaves you intend to place on the network 8 When you are finished adding slaves open the PROJECT menu and choose EXIT Click YES to save the project and return to the PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box Page 88 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Using The Autoscan Feature The concept of Automatic network scanning means that the user can instruct the Bus Configuration window to automatically gather information about slaves that are connected to the network When the scan is completed the user can adopt the detected slaves to the bus configuration and download to the Master This is a quick way to get a network up and running However one should be aware that it is not guaranteed that any particular slave will enter data exchange since the user parameter data might not match This is especially obvious if no associated GSD file is found during the network scan this means that no user parameter data would be sent to the slave NETWORK
132. dd On Instruction AOI Rung Import files that are already tailored to your application specific configuration These custom files will be similar to the provided sample AO Rung Import files but will already include the adjustments shown in the next few topics If you use the custom import files you will not need to do any of the following it will be done for you already If this is the case all you need to do is import the custom L5X file according to the procedure found in Importing the Ladder Rung Flex page 52 For additional information on how to export custom made L5X files from PCB please see the topic Exporting the Processor Files Prior to PCB v2 2 0 page 102 The information provided in this topic shows you what kind of modifications are being done automatically for you by PCB This information can also help you manually edit the standard FLEX sample files to better fit your application or help you determine what kinds of modifications you might need to make to any existing applications you may already be using 1 The AOI Connection Input and Output parameters use certain data type sizes that must be set based on how you configured the MVI56 PDPMV1 module 2 Inthe DATA TYPES USER DEFINED folder double click PDPMV1_CONNECTION_INPUT data type Data Types A Gi User Defined i PDPMV1_AcyclicRead MA PDPMV1_AcyclicRead_In i POPMY1_AcyclicRead_Out Ei PDPMY1_Acyclicwrite MA PoPMyI _Acyclicwrite_In EH PDPMY 1_
133. de In this operating mode the states of the inputs are frozen until the Master sends the next freeze command Freeze mode is concluded with the unfreeze command Note 1 It is only possible to send control commands when operating mode is either CLEAR or OPERATE Note 2 Not all slaves support this feature Refer to the documentation for the actual slave for more information Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name SET SLAVE MODE Command Number 0300h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response ProSoft Technology Inc Page 147 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Command and Response Layout Set Slave Mode Message ID Message information Command Set Slave Mode Data size Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Extended word 1 Slave Group Select Slave Group Select Address Address Extended word 2 Control Control Command Command Extended word 3 Extended word 4 es es a Extended word 8 Message Information Refer to Acyclic Message Status Word page 170 Slave Address Range 1 to 125 127 If the request applies for only one slave that slave address must be entered in the range 1 to 125 If a slave group is to be addressed slave address should be 127 multicast address Group Select Range 01h to FFh Bit Cod
134. ds will not fit into one block so two backplane input blocks and two backplane output blocks will be required to transfer the entire PROFIBUS I O data Note For this scenario block 0 is no longer required because there are two backplane blocks with different data Backplane Block Overview Block Input Total word countin PROFIBUS Data Initial PROFIBUS Data Last PROFIBUS Data Number Output backplane block Word Count in Word Offset in Word Offset in backplane block backplane block backplane block 1 Input 107 99 0 98 2 Input 107 1 99 99 1 Output 104 99 0 98 2 Output 104 1 99 99 Note This configuration would be inefficient and is therefore not recommended The previous example is a more efficient configuration that will accomplish the same thing This example is here solely to illustrate how changing the I O sizes without changing the amount of PROFIBUS data to be transferred will affect the number of I O data blocks the module will need to transfer ProSoft Technology Inc Page 45 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Scenario 3 The PROFIBUS data fits into two backplane blocks same PROFIBUS data count per block For this example we will split the PROFIBUS data evenly within two backplane blocks using the following backplane configuration E Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1
135. dule configuration data copied from the module or calculated in ladder MVI56PDPMV1 Command Command bits to trigger mailbox commands reboot the module and retrieve status information MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Mailbox output and input data MVI56PDPMV1 Status Status information MVI56PDPMV1 Util Generic tags used for internal ladder processing DO NOT MODIFY 3 2 2 Retrieving Status Information In order to retrieve status data from the module toggle the MVI56PDPMV1 Command GetStatus bit MVI56PDPM 1 MVIS6PDPMV1 PROFIBUSData MVI56PDPMY 1 Config MYVI568PDPMY 1 Command MY I56PDPMY 1 Command AcyclicRead MYVI56PDPMY1 Command Acyclicwrite MVI5S6PDPM 1 Command GetLiveList MVI56PDPM 1 Command GetSlaveContig MY I56PDPM 1 Command GetSlaveDiagnostics MYVI56PDPMY 1 Command GetStatus 0O 90 0 0 o eee le i l Page 132 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Mailbox Messaging User Manual The bit is reset when the MSG instruction is enabled to request status data from the module When the MSG execution is successfully completed the controller tag MVISBPDPMV1 MVI56PDPMY 1 PROFIBUSData MVIS6PDPMV1 Config MYI56PDPM 1 Command MY I56PDPMY1 Command AcyclicRead MY I56PDPMY 1 Command Acyclicw rite MVI56PDPM 1 Command GetLiveList MYVI56PDPMY1 Command GetSlaveContig MY I56P
136. dy stopped ProSoft Technology Inc Page 169 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 6 Mailbox Messaging Error Codes 3 6 1 Acyclic Message Status Word This register contains bit and code information about the mailbox message The register is divided into five areas according to the following illustration b45 b14 b413 b42 b11 bi0 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b b2 b1 b0 3 Message Type ER C reserved Error Code R R Bit Field Description Contents ERR This bit indicates if the 0 Message OK received command contained 4 Error See also Error Code below any errors C R This bit specifies whether the O Response Message message is a command ora 4 Command Message response Error Code If the ERR bit is set this field Oh Invalid Message ID contains additional information 4h Invalid Message Type about the error 2h Invalid Command 3h Invalid Data Size 4h Message header malformed offset 008h 5h Message header malformed offset 00Ah 6h Message header malformed offset 00Ch to 00Dh 8h Invalid Response 9h Flash Config Error Fh Invalid Other All other values are reserved Message This field specifies the type of 41h Application Message Type the message 2h PROFIBUS Specific Message 3h Memory Message 5h Reset Message All other values are reserved Page 170 of 251 ProSoft Technology
137. e f0 PROFI_Test _ Show Showa Name 8 Data Type 4B 1756_MODULE C 0 AB 1756_MODULE_INT_136Bytes 1 0 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_130Bytes 0 0 AOISEPDPMY1_FLEX Jagga T 1 ww p z IETA ATAN Page 74 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 3 Go to the Add On Instructions folder in the project tree DELETE the AOIS6PDPMV1_FLEX AOI that was created by the original import Controller PROFI_Test Controller Tags Controller Fault Handler Power Up Handler 3 8 Tasks MainTask A MainProgram Program Tags ER MainRoutine Unscheduled Programs Phases Motion Groups Add On Instructions AOIS6PDPMV1_FLEX Parameters and Local Tags ERI Logic E Prescan 3 8 Data Types an User Defined if PDPMY1_AcyclicRead if PDPMY1_AcyclicRead_In if PDPMY1_AcyclicRead_Out if POPMY1_AcyclicWrite if POPMY1_AcyclicWrite_In if PDPMY1_AcyclicWrite_Out M POPM 1_Alarm v Lt gt 4 Goto the Data Types folder to the User Defined sub folder DELETE the following user defined data types in the following order PDPMV1_Connection_Input PDPMV1_Connection_Output PDPMV1_PBInF PDPMV1_PBOutF PDPMV1_ModuleDefinition PDPMV1_UTIL PDPMV1_Configuration PDPMV1_Backplane_lOSize PDPMV1_PROFIBUS_IOSize PDPMV1_ Status PDPMV1_StatusControl PDPMV1_ Module 7 TQS OH a o aa oa ProSoft Technology Inc Page
138. e Class 1 Acyclic Data Write ec cccseeeeececeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeneeeaes 160 3 5 8 Mailbox Message Alarm Indication cceccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneaeeeeeeeaees 162 3 5 9 Mailbox Message Set Operating Mode ceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeenaeeeeneesaas 164 3 5 10 Mailbox Message Start Slave c cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeeeeeaas 166 3 5 11 Mailbox Message Stop Slave cccccceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneesaas 168 3 6 Mailbox Messaging Error COdeS ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeetsaaeeeeneeeeas 170 3 6 1 Acyclic Message Status Word ccccccccceeceeseeeeeeeeceeeesaaeeeeaeeseeeeesaeeesaaeeeeneeeeaees 170 3 6 2 Return Codes hrni aa ctw tinh cian tatiana lias 171 3 6 3 Error Coda Soimii aipuan aipa Aa aa aa 26 tay tea e aaa Peete eed pes 172 3 6 4 DPV1 Class 1 Related Error Codes ccccceesceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeeeeneeeaas 172 4 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting 175 4 1 Basic Troubleshooting Steps ccccceeccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeesaeeseaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaeseeneeeaas 175 4 2 LED Status Indicators Front of MVI56 Module cceeeeeeeceeeeeeeteeeeseeeeeeeeees 175 4 2 1 Module Faceplate Status Indicators eccceceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeeaas 176 4 2 2 PROFIBUS Master Indicators c cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeaa
139. e as well as other important values You may be asked to provide this information when calling for technical support on the product Values at the bottom of the display are important in determining module operation The Program Scan Counter value is incremented each time a module s program cycle is complete Tip Repeat this command at one second intervals to determine the frequency of program execution Viewing Module Status Press 1 to view status information about the module This screen also contains useful information for mailbox troubleshooting Scan count Mailbox counters Alarm counters Number of acyclic read and write operations performed by the module You can also view the number of mailbox messages in the input and output queues and the number of alarms in the alarm queue Viewing PROFIBUS Data Press 2 to view PROFIBUS data Use this command to view information related to the status of each slave in the PROFIBUS network and to verify that each slave is configured SLAVE CFG LIST exchanging data with the Master TRANSFER LIST and in diagnostic mode SLAVE DIAG LIST You can also check the module s operation state where e 00 Offline e 40 Stop e 80 Clear e CO0 Operate Page 188 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Viewing Control Registers Press 3 to view information about the
140. e re exported the processor files according the procedure specified in Exporting the Processor Files for PCB v2 2 0 or later page 103 To successfully complete this update procedure you must do the following steps in the order shown 1 DELETE the existing ladder logic rung that contains the previously imported Add On Instruction AOI ladder file F RSLogix 5000 PROFI_Test 1756 163 MainProgram MainRoutine DER Ef File Edit View Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help 8X alsa S lt aleli I Aal Offline 0 E RUN gg REA Par enno sw a No Forces _ OK No Edits a ao 4 HI to dt 4 gt 4 40 gt D lt gt Favorites AddOn K Alarms K Bt K Timericounter Ki l4 Controller PROFI_Test a D Controller Tags Controller Fault Handler NEQ OP a Power Up Handler Not Equal Copy File Sl Tasks Source A Locat 1 1Data 67 Source Local 1 1 Data 0 l MainTask 0e Dest Connection_Input Data 0 5 MainProgram Source B MVIS6PDPMYV1 Util LastRead Length 68 Program Tags oq E MainRoutine Add On for the Unscheduled Programs Phases MVIS6 PDPMV1 Motion Groups exible n E Add On Instructions a v1 _Fl Gj AOIS6PDPMV1_FLEX Apg r Add On for the MVIS6 PDPMV1 Flexible 1 0 module Parameters and Local Tags AOISEPDPMV1_FLEX AOISSPDPMV4_FLEX _ BBB Logic C
141. e supplied L5X AOI files which encapsulate the ladder logic controller tags and user defined data types into one convenient import file SPECIAL NOTE For AO applications created using ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB version 2 2 0 or later the following process of sample ladder selection is not necessary PCB versions 2 2 0 and up allow you to export custom made RSLogix 5000 L5X Rung Import files that precisely match the module s configuration Selecting and modifying sample logic will not be required if you use PCB 2 2 0 or later and follow the procedure found in the topic Exporting the Processor Files for PCB v2 2 0 or later page 103 For more details see the section Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Instruction page 20 The ProSoft Solutions DVD provides two versions of the AOI Flex and Legacy and two versions of the ladder logic sample Flex and Legacy RSLogix 5000 can convert an older version sample to a later ControlLogix firmware version if necessary Note FLEX mode is available only for module firmware versions 1 21 or later The next few topics will help you determine which sample programs will work best for your application ProSoft Technology Inc Page 13 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 1 5 1 Determining the Firmware Version of Your Processor Important The RSLinx service must be installed and running on your computer in order for
142. eDiagnostics slave Set Clear Mode MVIS6PDPMV1 Command Sets the module in CLEAR mode This is an SetClearMode option for the Set Operating Mode mailbox Set Operate MVI56PDPMV1 Command Sets the module in OPERATE mode This is Mode SetOperateMode an option for the Set Operating Mode mailbox Set Stop Mode MVI56PDPMV1 Command Sets the module in STOP mode This is an SetStopMode option for the Set Operating Mode mailbox Set Slave MVI56PDPMV1 Command MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Sets the node address of a specified slave if Address SetSlaveAddress SetSlaveAddress supported at slave Set Slave Mode MVIS6PDPMV1 Command MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Sets control commands to slaves or group of SetSlaveMode SetSlaveMode slaves sync freeze unsynch unfreeze Start Slaves MVI56PDPMV1 Command MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Reinitializes communication with a slave after StartSlaves StartSlaves interrupted through Stop Slaves mailbox Stop Slaves MVI56PDPMV1 Command MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Stops communication with specified slaves StopSlaves StopSlaves ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 135 of 251 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master To send a mailbox request 1 Enter the mailbox configuration parameters if applicable in the following controller tag MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox lt MailboxName gt Out lt ParameterName gt Note This step is not applicable to the following mailboxes no
143. eatures FDT DTM removes these limitations Typical frame applications are e Pactware from The PACTware Consortium e V freeware e FieldCare from Endress amp Hauser e Field Control from ABB ProSoft Technology Inc Page 211 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master What is DTM DTM Device Type Manager is a standard way to provide all necessary data and functionality for a communication device for example a PROFIBUS DP card This technology is similar to the way Microsoft Windows supports printer drivers supplied by manufacturers and available to any Windows application rather than requiring a custom printer driver for each specific application PROFIBUS comDTM distributed by ProSoft Technology is a DTM for PTQ and MVI series PDPMV1 modules and ProLinx PDPMV1 gateways It allows configuration tools instruments and communication devices on a field network to recognize and use the module s capabilities Control Room Frame Applications Allows for Configuration Monitoring OR ANY FDT CONTAINER Ethernet ProSoft PDPMV1 Master Module PROFIBUS Network PROFIBUS Slaves Page 212 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 3 3 System Requirements Confirm that your system meets the following hardware and software requirements b
144. ed This parameter determines which group to address Refer to the following example b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 Group 8 Group 7 Group 6 Group 5 Group 4 Group 3 Group 2 Group 1 Page 148 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Example To address Group 1 2 and 4 the Group Select value should be DOh If an individual slave should be addressed the correct group selection must also be made because the slave will ignore the message if it does not belong to the requested group s What group s a slave belongs to is determined during network configuration and is downloaded during initialization to each slave via the PROFIBUS telegram Set_Prm Control Command This parameter specifies the command to send Bit Explanation LSB Reserved set to zero Reserved set to zero Unfreeze input data Freeze input data Synchronize output data Reserved set to zero 0 1 2 3 4 Unsynchronize output data 5 6 7 MSB Reserved set to zero Combinations of the bits Unsync Sync and Unfreeze Freeze Bits 0 or 6 Bits 1 or 7 Explanation 0 0 No function 0 1 Function will be activated 1 0 Function will be inactive 1 1 Function will be inactive Fault Information and Extended Fault Information Fault Information Contents Extended Fault
145. ed green then the PROFIBUS Master is communicating and exchanging data with all configured PROFIBUS slaves e If the COM STAT LED is green and flashing the PROFIBUS Master is communicating and exchanging data with at least one of the configured slaves e If the COM STAT LED is red there is a communication or configuration error e If the COM STAT LED is off the PROFIBUS Master is not communicating with any slaves The most likely reason is that the slaves are not correctly configured e After restarting the MVI56 PDPMV1 Master and the PROFIBUS slave look at the PROFIBUS cable connection If all the PROFIBUS LEDs on the MVI56 PDPMV1 are illuminated green then the Master is communicating successfully with all slaves ProSoft Technology Inc Page 119 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 2 5 2 Viewing the Online Status of the PROFIBUS Network Note For this procedure you must connect a serial cable from the serial port on your PC to the RJ45 to DB9M adaptor cable on the MVI56 PDPMV1 module 1 In ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS open the ONLINE menu and then choose MONITOR MODIFY ProSoft Configuration Builder will establish communication with the MVI56 PDPMV1 module and will indicate communication status x Bus Configuration 1 oj x 1 ProSoft Master 3 ProLins o If the slave icon in the Bus Configuration
146. eeeeeeeees 11 1 4 Installing the Module in the Rack esarsirrseniiiniennnnereni enir eaat annia n EEEREN AAA 12 1 5 Choosing Sample Ladder Logic For Your Application cccscceseeeseeeeereees 13 1 5 1 Determining the Firmware Version of Your ProceSSor ssesseeresrerssrersses 14 1 5 2 Determining the Firmware Version of the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module 00 15 1 5 3 Determining the Module Mode LEGACY or FLEX 0 cccccsceeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeses 18 5 4 Sample Program SUMIMALY cccccceeeseeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeeess 19 1 6 Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Sample Ladder Logic ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteseeeeeeeees 19 1 7 Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Instruction 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeee testes eeeeeeeeeeees 20 LEGACY Sample Add On Instruction Import Procedure s es 21 ts FLEX Sample Add On Instruction Import Procedure cccccceeeeeseeeeeteeeeeeeees 37 1 8 Common Settings for All Sample Programs cceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeeseeneess 66 1 Choosing the Controller Type cccsceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeeeeeseeeeess 66 1 8 2 Selecting the Slot Number for the Module ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeeteeeeees 69 1 8 3 Selecting the Connection Parameters for the Module cccsccecessseeeessteeeeeeees 69 1 8 4 Selecting the RPI Time for the Module ccccceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeese
147. eegegogoqgoegoann Seegoeaqcseqcoon Seeaeogogeoq0ge Page 190 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Viewing the Previous Page of Registers Press P from the Database View menu to display the previous 100 registers of data Viewing the Next Page of Registers Press N from the Database View menu to display the next 100 registers of data Viewing Data in Decimal Format Press D from the Database View menu to display the data on the current page in decimal format Viewing Data in Hexadecimal Format Press H from the Database View menu to display the data on the current page in hexadecimal format Viewing Data in Floating Point Format Press F from the Database View menu to display the data on the current page in floating point format The program assumes that the values are aligned on even register boundaries If floating point values are not aligned as such they are not displayed properly Viewing Data in ASCII Text Format Press A from the Database View menu to display the data on the current page in ASCII format This is useful for regions of the database that contain ASCII data Returning to the Main Menu Press M to return to the Main menu ProSoft Technology Inc Page 191 of 251 July 29 2015 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform
148. efore you start the installation Hardware Requirements Recommended Pentium 4 Processor rated for at least 2 GHz 450 MB hard drive space for DTM Libraries Video card capable of 1024 X 768 resolution at 64k colors Ethernet Network Interface Card NIC MVI56 PDPMV1 RS232 serial or with ClPconnect and 1756 ENBT module for Ethernet support Note for MVI series and PTQ users The Ethernet connection implements a version of UDP protocol that dynamically allocates a random UDP port for every connection This implementation limits the possibility of using most serial to Ethernet converters to access the MVI series PDPMV1 serial port since many Ethernet to serial converters require the configuration of a fixed UDP port which is not available for the current implementation Note for MVI56 PDPMV1 users The Ethernet connection uses ClPconnect to communicate with the MVI56 PDPMV1 firmware version 1 28 000 is ClPconnect enabled and is required for 1756 ENBT support The 1756 ENBT card must be located in the same rack as the MVI56 PDPMV1 Bridging through multiple racks is not supported by the comDTM software Note This functionality requires comDTM version 1 0 1 5 with install version 1 01 0003 For information on how to check the comDTM version and install version refer to Verifying the comDTM Version and comDTM Install Version page 224 Software Requirements Minimum e Windows NT 4 0 Service Pack 6A Windows 2000 SP3 or Windows XP Professi
149. el ProSoft Technology Inc Page 217 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master For MVI PDPMV1 users Select the SERIAL tab and enter the COM port number on your PC connected to the module Enter a descriptive path name A Transport Path Editor x Serial Ethernet ClPConnect PathId Path Name Comm Port wf 3 PathName COM1 Delete Selected Path 3 OK Cancel For MVI56 PDPMV1 and MVI69 PDPMV1 users with CIPconnect Select the CIPCONNECT tab and then click the ADD button A Transport Path Editor x Serial Ethernet ClIPConnect PathId Path Name CIPConnect Path v2 PathName t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 3 Add Delete Selected Path 2 CIPconnect Path Edit OK Cancel Click the CIPCONNECT PATH EDIT button to define the path for this application The ClPconnect Path Editor allows the configuration of the path between your PC and the MVI56 PDPMV1 or MVI69 PDPMV1 module Page 218 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual For the following example the PC will be connected through Ethernet to a 1756 ENBT communication card IP 192 168 0 100 and the MVI56 PDPMV1 card is located in slot 3 of the same rack CPconnect Path Editor ci Connect PATH EDITOR _ a Nisa Scuwee Mode IP Source Module Node Destination Module Desiietio
150. el Help For additional details about setting connection parameters for FLEX mode see Adjusting the Connection Sizes for Your Application page 40 1 8 4 Selecting the RPI Time for the Module Refer to the Connection tab and enter the RPI time The connection is scheduled to move data to or from the module at least this often The RPI time to enter depends on your application as follows RPI Time 5 to 750 milliseconds For ANY of the following conditions e MVI56 PDPMV1 module firmware version 0 30 e MVI56 PDPMV1 module firmware version 1 21 or later AND configured in LEGACY mode USE LEGACY MODE YES e MVI56 PDPMV1 module firmware version 1 21 or later AND configured in FLEX mode USE LEGACY MODE No AND MVI56 PDPMV1 is located in a remote rack through ControlNet ProSoft Technology Inc Page 71 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Enter the RPI time that will provide optimum backplane performance for your application within the range from 5 Ms to 750 MS W Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Requested Packet Interval RPI 20 ms 0 2 750 0 ms I Inhibit Module I Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Module Fault Status Offline RPI Time 750 milliseconds If ALL of the following conditions are true e MVI56 PDPMV1 module firmware version 1 2
151. en Module Properties Cancel Help Page 22 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 3 Set the Module Properties values as follows Parameter Value Name Enter a module identification string Example MVI56PDPMV1 Description Enter a description for the module Example ProSoft communication module for PROFIBUS communication Comm Format Select DATA INT Slot Enter the slot number in the rack where the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is located Input Assembly Instance 1 Input Size 250 Output Assembly Instance 2 Output Size 248 Configuration Assembly Instance 4 Configuration Size 0 4 Onthe Connection tab set the RP value for your project Click OK to confirm E Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Requested Packet Interval RPI 50 44 ms 0 2 750 0 ms I Inhibit Module I Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Module Fault Status Offline Cancel Help Now the MVI56 PDPMV1 module will be visible in the V O Configuration section 3 1 0 Configuration amp 1756 Backplane 756 44 fa 0 1756 L63 yController i 1 1756 MODULE MVIS6PDPMY 1 v ProSoft Technology Inc Page 23 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Importing t
152. ence Note that you must do this separately for each of input and output map by first clicking on the INPUTS radio button and then the PRINT button then click on the OUTPUTS radio button and then the PRINT button again 4 When you have finished printing the processor memory maps you can click OK to close the dialog box and click OK again to close the Master Setup dialog box or leave them open for the next step exporting the processor files 5 Keep the printed memory maps available so you can refer to them when you configure the sample ladder logic in RSLogix The sample ladder logic contains input and output arrays that must be cross referenced with the variables ProSoft Technology Inc Page 101 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 2 3 4 Exporting the Processor Files Prior to PCB v2 2 0 NOTE This is an optional step which is not required to set up your application regardless of the ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB version you are using The release of PCB version 2 2 0 has made this particular procedure obsolete This topic has been left in the User Manual solely as historical reference in case you need to understand how older versions of PCB previously functioned PCB versions prior to version 2 2 0 will create a text file containing the Processor Network Memory Map that you printed in the previous step which can be imported into
153. enu command to view the current contents of the module s database Press to view a list of commands available on this menu M Main Menu Displaying the Current Page of Registers Again L D Database Menu Display Menu Redisplays refreshes this menu 0 3 Pages 0 to 3000 Selects page 0 1000 2000 or 3000 S Show Again Redisplays last selected page of data Back 5 Pages Goes back five pages of data P Previous Page Goes back one page of data Skip 5 Pages Goes forward five pages of data N Next Page Goes forward one page of data D Decimal Display Displays data in decimal format H Hexadecimal Display Displays data in hex format F Float Display Displays data in floating point format A ASCII Display Displays data in text format M Main Menu Goes up one level to main menu Press S from the Database View menu to show the current page of registers again Aao y DISPLAY TO 99 lt DECIMAL gt This screen displays the current page of 100 registers in the database 161 162 4 12 14 Ww Seeogeqoeso Seeogeoqoes Seoeaogeoqogo Seeegocogogoqgunm 8 6 5 4 8 6 6 8 6 S
154. epeat this procedure for every MESSAGE tag associated to the Add On Instruction Message Configuration AcyclicRead_MSG_2 Configuration Communication Tag Path MVIS6PDPMV1_2 MVIS6PDPMV1_2 C I Connected Done Length 0 I Timed Out D Enable Enable Waiting Start Done D Error Co Extended Error Code Error Path Error Text OK Cancel Apply Help Page 64 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual The setup procedure is now completed and the processor is ready to communicate with the MVI56 PDPMV1 module NEQ COF Not Equal Copy File r Source Local 2 1 D ata 249 Source Local 2 1 Data 0 0e Dest Connection_Input_2 Data 0 Source B MYVISSPDPMY1_2 Util LastRead Length 250 0e MYI56 PDPM 1 Add On Flexible 1 0 PS56PDPMY1_FLEX MVI56 PDPM 1 Add On Flexible 1 0 tk PSS6PDPMY1_FLEX PSS6PDPMY1_FLEX_2 Connection_Input Connection_Input_2 Connection_Output Connection_Output_2 MVI56PDPMV 1 MVI56PDPMV 1_2 AcyclicRead_MSG AcyclicRead_MSG_2 Acyclicwrite_MSG Acyclicwrite_MSG_2 GetAlarm_MSG GetAlarm_MSG_2 GetMailbox_MSG GetMailbox_MSG_2 GetStatus_MSG GetStatus_MSG_2 GetLiveList_MSG GetLiveList_ MSG_2 GetSlaveCfg_MSG GetSlaveCfg_MSG_2 GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG_2 SetClearMode_MSG SetClearMode_MSG_2
155. epeaters in 4 segments 5 2 2 Bus Access Two different bus access procedures handle the various communication requirements for the PROFIBUS DPV1 topology e Token Passing e Polling Token Passing Token passing ring is the basis for communication between the more complex active stations All stations have the same rights in that a token is passed from station to station in a logical ring The token is passed to each station with a maximum definable token cycle time A station is given transmission rights for the duration of time that it has the token Master Slave Polling Master slave polling guarantees a cyclic real time based data exchange between the station with transmission rights the active station and its subordinates the passive stations In this case the Master is able to pass data to the slave and or receive data The services in layer 2 field bus data link in ISO OSI reference model organize this communication Page 200 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 2 3 Master Slave Communication Phases The communication between the Master and the slaves takes place in the following phases e Parameterization and configuration phase e Usable data transfer phase Before a DP slave can be integrated into the usable data transfer phase the parameterization and configuration phase runs a device identification test that ve
156. er configuration to the MVI56 PDPMV1 module 2 Configure the slave using PCB or the configuration tool supplied by the manufacturer for some PROFIBUS slaves Verify that the slave address configured in the slave module matches the slave address configured in PCB Download the PROFIBUS Slave configuration to the slave module Scanning for Slaves Manually The following steps describe how to add and configure a Siemens EM 277 PLC as a Slave module The configuration information GSD file for this module is already installed with ProSoft Configuration Builder 1 In ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS click the plus sign to expand the PROFIBUS DP tree 2 Navigate to the PLC Siemens folder containing the EM 277 slave device to add and then click the plus sign to expand the folder 3 ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS MVI56 PDPMV1 Project View PROFIBUS Online Option Tools Windows Help amp 48 5 Prosoft GSD lt EAE 4 PROFIBUS DP a PA 1 0 Gateway Master E General Valves Drives Controller EUROTHERM Controls Telemecanique J Encoder PLCs 9 Mitsubishi Electric Corp E Siemens a PROFIBUS Master Master ProSoft ProSoft Technology ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 85 of 251 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 Drag the slave ico
157. er PLATFORM and PRODUCT 3 Select PROSOFT CONFIGURATION BUILDER Follow the instructions on your screen to install the software on your PC ProSoft Technology Inc Page 11 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 1 4 installing the Module in the Rack If you have not already installed and configured your ControlLogix processor and power supply please do so before installing the MVI56 PDPMV1 module Refer to your Rockwell Automation product documentation for installation instructions Warning You must follow all safety instructions when installing this or any other electronic devices Failure to follow safety procedures could result in damage to hardware or data or even serious injury or death to personnel Refer to the documentation for each device you plan to connect to verify that suitable safety procedures are in place before installing or servicing the device Warning When you insert or remove the module while backplane power is on an electrical arc can occur This could cause an explosion in hazardous location installations Verify that power is removed or the area is non hazardous before proceeding Repeated electrical arcing causes excessive wear to contacts on both the module and its mating connector Worn contacts may create electrical resistance that can affect module operation 1 Turn power OFF 2 Align the module with the top and bottom guides and slide it
158. ers which overrides the module RPI time and sends data as fast as possible Page 18 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 1 5 4 Sample Program Summary Use the following table to determine which sample program to use for your application ControlLogix Sample Ladder Add On Instruction Version 15 or older MVI56_PDPMV1_FLEX ACD 15 or older MVI56_PDPMV1_LEGACY ACD 16 or newer MVIS6PDPMV1_FLEX_AddOn_Rung_v1_x L5x 16 or newer MVIS6PDPMV1_LEGACY_AddOn_Rung_v1_x L5x Note For ControlLogix version 16 you will use the Add On Instruction AOI rung import L5X files which encapsulate all the required ladder logic controller tags and user defined data types into a single import file or you can use the ladder logic sample files ACD which already have the AOI files imported The ACD files use the same logic as the AOI versions but display them as standard ladder logic The separate AOI L5K file exists to make it easier to import the sample application into an existing project or new project file You do not need to import the AOI L5K files into any of the ACD ladder logic sample programs ControlLogix versions 15 and earlier do not support Add On Instructions so do not try to import the AOI L5K files into those older versions of RSLogix 5000 For ControlLogix firmware version 16 or newer refer to Using
159. ers can be placed in a single rack CRC checksum determination of slave configuration consistency to processor Master Status LED indicators for Operations Network Communication Master Token Hold and Network Configuration FDT DTM PROFIBUS Master transport communication DTM software included Part Number PSW CDTM PDPM Page 198 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 2 PROFIBUS Master Specifications Up to 125 slaves can be connected with a repeater Up to 1536 cyclic bytes input and 1536 bytes output data Supports Extended Diagnostic Data RS 485 optically isolated PROFIBUS interface with on board DC DC converter Acyclic communications DPV1 Read and Write Alarm handling DPV1 Supports Sync and Freeze commands Supports PROF Idrive 3 1 compliant parameter read and write operations Supports Multicast and Broadcast telegrams DPV 1 PROFIBUS Master Port e DB 9F optically isolated RS 485 e Ready Run Error and Token LED Indicators PROFIBUS DPV1 RS 485 interface with a 9 pin D shell female connector and isolated opto couplers About the PROFIBUS Protocol PROFIBUS Process Field Bus is a widely used open standards protocol created by a consortium of European factory automation suppliers in 1989 PROFIBUS is a Master slave protocol The Master establishes a connection to one or more remote slaves When the connection is establ
160. es Key PROFIBUS configuration values PROFIBUS Master hardware software revision level Mailbox messaging control and status You can find the contents of the Status Data block in the MVIS6PDPMV1 Status user controller tag structure in RSLogix These tags reference the PDPMV1_ Status user defined data type The following table shows the data structure of the GetStatus mailbox response Byte Offset Start End Name Description 0 9 Module ID string Unique module 10 byte pattern as text MVISBPDPMV1 10 11 Reserved Reserved for future use 12 13 PROFIBUS Input Data size The number of words of PROFIBUS input data to transfer from the PROFIBUS Master to the processor within the Input Data blocks Value is selected during user configuration 14 15 PROFIBUS Output Data size The number of words to transfer from the processor in the PROFIBUS output space during the output data transfer Value is selected during user configuration 16 17 Reserved Reserved for future use 18 19 Reserved Reserved for future use 20 21 Reserved Reserved for future use 22 22 Input Data Byte Swap User configured flag to indicate if input data is swapped before being placed in the input image for the controller O No swapping Not 0 Swap bytes 23 23 Output Data Byte Swap User configured flag to indicate if output data is swapped after being received from the output image of the controller 0 No swapping Not 0 Swap byt
161. es 24 24 Module software major version MVI56 module application software version number number Bits 25 25 Module software minor version 16 8 7 0 b PNS High Byte Low Byte 26 41 PROFIBUS Slave Configured List This is a 16 byte array with bit fields where one bit is assigned to each slave station address The associate bit is set if the slave is present in the database For the bit slave relationship refer to the Slave List Structure below ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 241 of 251 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Byte Offset Start End Name Description 42 57 PROFIBUS Data Transfer Status This is a 16 byte array with bit fields where one bit is assigned to each slave station address The associated bit is set if the slave has reached or retained the Data Exchange state at least once during the last three data cycles For the bit slave relationship refer to the Slave List Structure below 58 73 PROFIBUS Slave Diagnostic This is a 16 byte array with bit fields where one bit is assigned to Status each slave station address When a slave leaves the Deactive state for the first time the associated bit is set This bit is then cleared when the slave enters Data Exchange state If a slave indicates Extended Diagnostics when it is in Data Exchange state the associated bit is set For the bit slave relationship refer to the Slave List Structure below
162. eseeneeeaas 177 4 2 3 Example Ssnan a apentv iti eteedndehee aide tteage ats ithe See ages ec p one ie 178 4 2 4 Legacy Mode Use Legacy Mode Yes ccecscceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteneaeeeeeneaees 179 4 2 5 Flex Mode Use Legacy Mode NoO ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenaeeeeetaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaeeeene 180 4 3 Using ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB for Diagnostics ccceeeeeeeee 181 4 3 1 Disabling the RSLinx Driver for the Com Port on the PC seses 181 4 3 2 RS 232 Configuration DebUg POrt cccecceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeeeaas 183 4 3 3 DB9 to RJ45 Adaptor Cable 14 ccceceseeeeeeceeeeeseaeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeseaaeseeeeeeaas 183 4 3 4 Using the Diagnostic Window in ProSoft Configuration Builder ccee 184 Page 6 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Contents PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 Reference 197 5 1 Product Specifications cccccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeseaeeeeeeeseeeesaeeseaeeseeeeess 197 5 1 1 General Specifications ccceccceceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaaesesaaeseeeeeseeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeeesaas 197 5 1 2 Hardware SpecifiCations ccccccecceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeceaeeeeeaeseeaeeseeeeccaeeeseaeeeeneessaees 198 5 1 3 Functional Specifications cccccceeeceeceeeeeece cesses ceeeeecaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeeeeesseneess 198 5 2 About the PROFIBUS Prot
163. etween the processor and the module The input and output backplane block sizes will depend on the MVI56 PDPMV1 version and the selected mode LEGACY or FLEX Depending on these factors the connection parameters may be set as Fixed or Flexible lengths While following the procedures in the appropriate sections keep in mind to set the Use Legacy Mode parameter to match the sample program version LEGACY or FLEX that you selected and loaded If you get a mismatch between this parameter setting and the sample ladder program loaded the module will not function ProSoft Technology Inc Page 69 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master The following settings are configured in ProSoft Configuration Builder for modules with firmware version 1 21 or later only Note that the parameters that are displayed on the Edit screen vary depending on whether YEs or NO is selected for the Use Legacy Mode parameter For more information refer to Setting Module Parameters page 81 Select LEGACY mode Use LEGACY MODE Y Use Legacy Mode No Yes No Input Data Size Output Data Size Input Byte Swap Output Byte Swap Use Legacy Mode Block Timeout 1000 Comment Definition This parameter is only implemented for MVI56 PDPMV1 firmware version 1 21 or later In order to verify the module s firmware version select the V key Version Information from the
164. f input data is swapped before being placed in the input image for the controller 0 No swapping Not 0 Swap bytes 23 23 Output Data Byte Swap User configured flag to indicate if output data is swapped after being received from the output image of the controller 0 No swapping Not 0 Swap bytes 24 24 Module software major MVI56 module application software version number version number Bits 25 25 Module software minor 146 8 7 0 ersion number leas High Byte Low Byte 26 41 PROFIBUS Slave This is a 16 byte array with bit fields where one bit is assigned to Configured List each slave station address The associate bit is set if the slave is present in the database For the bit slave relationship refer to the Slave List Structure below ProSoft Technology Inc Page 233 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Byte Offset Start End Name Description 42 57 PROFIBUS Data This is a 16 byte array with bit fields where one bit is assigned to Transfer Status each slave station address The associated bit is set if the slave has reached or retained the Data Exchange state at least once during the last three data cycles For the bit slave relationship refer to the Slave List Structure below 58 73 PROFIBUS Slave This is a 16 byte array with bit fields where one bit is assigned to Diagnostic Status each slave station address When a slave leaves the Deactive state for the
165. firm E Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Requested Packet Interval RPI 750 4 ms 0 2 750 0 ms F Inhibit Module Major Fault On Controller If Connection Fails While in Run Mode Module Fault Status Offline Cancel Apply Help Now the MVI56 PDPMV1 module will be visible in the VO Configuration section 5 6 YO Configuration amp 1756 Backplane 1756 44 fa 0 1756 163 MyController 1 1756 MODULE MVIS6PDPM 1 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 51 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Importing the Ladder Rung Flex Open your application in RSLogix 5000 Expand the Tasks folder and then expand the MainTask folder In the MainProgram folder select an empty rung and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose IMPORT RUNG QN 5 RSLogix 5000 MyController 1756 163 MainProgram MainRoutine Ef File Edit view Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help alslal a slale peman lell Te CIE alal Offline D E RUN rer Path AB_ETH 1 105 102 0 65 Backplane gt S No Forces 2 EOK No Edits a mel 4 HI tot at 444 gt ur gt a 4 gt Favorites Add On K Alarms K Bi K Timericounter KT Controller MyController Saele A Controller Tags C Controller Fault Handler a E Power Up Handler Tasks 6 Ma
166. first time the associated bit is set This bit is then cleared when the slave enters Data Exchange state If a slave indicates Extended Diagnostics when it is in Data Exchange state the associated bit is set For the bit slave relationship refer to the Slave List Structure below Slave List Structure Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Byte0 Save7 Save6 Saves Saved Saves Save2 Svet Saved Byte 1 Byte2 Slave 23 Slave 22 Sve 21 Slave20_ Save 19 Save 18 Slave 17 Stave 16 Byte 3 Slave 31 Slave 30 Slave 29 Slave 28 Sive 27 Save26 Slve25 Siave2 Byte 4 Slave 39 Slave 38 Save 37 Slave 36 Stave 35 Slave Slave33 Sve 32 C kele o a ss Byte 15 Slave 127 Slave 126 Slave 125 Slave 124 Slave 123 Slave 122 Slave 121 Slave 120 Byte Offset Start End Name Description 74 74 PROFIBUS pad byte to make data word aligned not used 75 75 PROFIBUS Master PROFIBUS Master operating state Operating State 0x0000 0ffline 0x4000 Stop 0x8000 Clear 0xC000 Operate 76 TI PROFIBUS Ident PROFIBUS Master PNO Ident number Bytes will be swapped Number 78 81 PROFIBUS Master Unique 32 bit serial number for the PROFIBUS Master Serial Number 82 83 PROFIBUS Software Software version number for the PROFIBUS Master software Version Example for Version 1 40 High Byte 0x40 Low Byte 0x01 Page 234 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc Jul
167. ft RSLogix 5000 MyController 1756 L63 Eil ti Fi lle Edit view Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help rune alsm S e Offline D m RUN No Forces b a No Edits Ar ria if PDPMY1_GetSlaveDiagnostics 8 POPMy1_Mailbox E POPMy1_MBControl 8 POPMv1_Module E PDPMy1_ModuleDef E PDPMy1_other_status 8 PDPMv1_SetSlaveAddress PDPMV1_SetSlaveAddress_In PDPMV1_SetSlaveAddress_Out PDPMV1_SetSlaveMode PDPMV1_SetSlaveMode_In PDPM 1_SetSlaveMode_Out abed ues v 10 POPMY1_StartSlaves 40 PDPMY1_StartSlaves_In 10 PDPMY1_StartSlaves_Out no PDPMY1_Status PDPM 1_StopSlaves i PDPMY1_StopSlaves_In PDPMV1_StopSlaves_Out 8 PoPMy1_vtil Of Strings Oi Add On Defined Oi Predefined Cp Module Defined E Trends Yo Configuration 1756 Backplane 1756 04 ff 0 1756 L63 MyController J 1 1756 MODULE MVIS6PDPMV1 BSH PIB alal TDATA Input Area2 0 X Fee HEA Path AB_ETH 1 105 102 0 65 Backplane O z amp 4 Hlm re gt oj 4 gt R Favorites Add On lt Alarms A bt K TmeriCourter X E MainProgram MainRoutine MVI56 PDPMV 1 Add On Legacy PSS6PDPMV1_LEGACY MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Legacy PS56PDPMV1_LEGACY PS56PDPMY1 Connection_Input Connection_Output MVI56PDPMV1 Local 1 1 Data Locak1 0 Data MVI56PDPMV1 MVI56 PDPMV 1 Add On Legacy gt PS56PDPMV 1_LEGACY MVI56 PDPMV 1 Add On Legacy PSS6PDPMV1_LEGACY PSSE
168. ft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 6 Attach the cables with the provided cable cleat to create a robust shielded connection and to relieve any tension as shown J PVC Jacket S Braided shielding with foil shielding C Cable cleat Note Half of the cable jacket must lie under the cable cleat Pay attention to the cable cleat installation instructions 7 Fasten the individual wires of the PROFIBUS cable to the terminals 8 Close the connector housing Note The shielding of both cables is connected internally with the metal housing of the connector 9 Complete the Central Shielding Measures below and grounding operations for the shielding before you connect the cable connector to the module 10 Plug the PROFIBUS DP connector into the module and secure it with the screws Bus Begin and Bus End The PROFIBUS connector with termination is required at the beginning and the end of the bus These connectors emulate the line impedance It is recommended that at least one connector with diagnostics interface is used Wiring diagram for a PROFIBUS DP cable Start of bus Node Node End of bus ProSoft Technology Inc Page 205 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Grounding and Shielding for Systems with Equipotential Bonding Each cable shield should be galvanically grounded
169. goen Seegeogegoeqges Seegeogogoqogo Seegoeoqgegoqoggs 13 8 8 G 8 8 6 a This screen displays the current page of 100 registers in the database Page 192 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Viewing the Previous Page of Registers Press P from the Database View menu to display the previous 100 registers of data Viewing the Next Page of Registers Press N from the Database View menu to display the next 100 registers of data Viewing Data in Decimal Format Press D from the Database View menu to display the data on the current page in decimal format Viewing Data in Hexadecimal Format Press H from the Database View menu to display the data on the current page in hexadecimal format Viewing Data in Floating Point Format Press F from the Database View menu to display the data on the current page in floating point format The program assumes that the values are aligned on even register boundaries If floating point values are not aligned as such they are not displayed properly Viewing Data in ASCII Text Format Press A from the Database View menu to display the data on the current page in ASCII format This is useful for regions of the database that contain ASCII data Returning to the Main Menu Press M to return to the Main menu ProSoft Technology Inc Page 193 of 251 J
170. gy Inc z an gt Description Revision Revision Note Vendor FLNETDATA Input areaz v elel e alal Fee Path AB_ETH 1 105 102 0 65 Backplane 0 z amp J tc allololol oj 4 gt J Favorites A Add on K Alarms X Bt K Timericounter X 1 Not Equal Source A NEG Local1 Data 249 0e Source B MVISSPDPMY1 Util LastRead o Connection input to be associated to the module Backplane input connection type change the array size for your application COP Copy File MainRoutine MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Flexible 1 0 PS56PDPMY1_FLEX Connection_Input Connection _Qutput MVIS6PDPMV1 AcyclicRead_MSG Acyclicwrite_ MSG Getlarm_MSG GetMailbox_MSG GetStatus_ MSG GelLiveList_ MSG GetSlaveCfg_ MSG GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG SetClearMode_MSG SetOperateMode_MSG SetSlaveAddress_MSG SetSlaveMode_MSG SetStopMode_MSG StartSlaves_MSG StopSlaves_MSG Source Local1 I Data 0 Dest Connection_Input Data 0 Length 250 MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Flexible 1 0 PSS6PDPMV 1_FLEX PS56PDPMY1_FLEX Connection_Input Connection_Output MVI58PDPMYV1 AcyclicRead_MSG Acyclicwrite_MSG GetAlarm_MSG GetMailbox_MSG GetStatus_MSG GetLiveList_ MSG GetSlaveCfg_MSG GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG SetClearMode_MSG SetOperateMode_MSG SetSlaveAddress_MSG SetSlaveMode_MSG _ SetStopMode_MSG StartSlaves_MSG StopSlaves_MSG
171. h Options Details Pane Delete Rename Remove Properties Properties Close Publisher ProSoft Technology Inc Size 2 38 MB Support link http www prosoft technology com Page 228 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Reference User Manual 5 Check the Install Version at the bottom right portion of the window O A gt Control Panel Programs Programs and Features Tasks View installed updates Get new programs online at Windows Marketplace View purchased software digital locker Turn Windows features on or off Install a program from the network 4 Search _ Uninstall or change a program To uninstall a program select it from the list and then click Uninstall Change or Repair 5 Name Ef Adobe Flash Player ActiveX BB Adobe Reader 8 1 2 L Kaspersky Anti Virus 6 0 for Windows Workstations al Microsoft Office Enterprise 2007 MSXML 4 0 SP2 KB936181 E MSXML 4 0 SP2 KB941833 Gj ProSoft Technology COM DTM O Synergy _ UltraVNC v1 0 2 LJ WinPcap 4 0 1 Organize v 122 Views Uninstall hy Change li Repair Publisher Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe Systems Incorporated Kaspersky Lab Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Corporation ProSoft Technology Inc UltraVNC CACE Technologies Installed On 1 23 2008 2 2
172. h no condensation All phase conductor sizes must be at least 1 3 mm squared and all earth ground conductors must be at least 4mm squared Label Markings lt Ex gt I3 G Ex nA llc T6 X 0 C lt Tamb lt 60 C Agency Approvals and Certifications CE EMC EN61326 1 2006 EN61000 6 4 2007 CB Safety CA 10533 CSA IEC 61010 1 Ed 2 CB 243333 2056722 2090408 GOST R EN61010 CSA 61010 DNV DET NORSKE VERITAS Test 2 4 Lloyds Lloyds Register Test Specification Number 1 2002 ATEX EN 60079 0 July 2006 EN60079 15 Oct 2005 amp CE CS MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Contents PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Contents Your Feedback Please visi ccy ccc tecevesetaree TE A TAEAE RA E E E ATEA E EERE 2 Important Installation INStrUCTIONS eesse erksa ner RNa E EENE O PENERE AN EE TANA AREARE ERRATE T 2 MVI Multi Vendor Interface Modules asssaesssseessrnesssrnesssrneernnnesnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnennnn nnna 2 WAMMINGS eh cse sheds EN TEI PE E RAE A ETE T PAET E T E A EA 2 Battery Lie AVISO ee teria a eannan A REAREN E TAn NEA SEERA AS TAAA AEE TERESTRE 3 MAKINIS e ae e Ea eS EEE kere E AE ASEE TAEAE EE E T EA EREA ETA 3 1 Start Here 9 1 1 System REQUIFCMENtS aissa esa aana a aaa e araa E E a araa aa aAa e aaae 9 1 2 Package Contents in inean anne a kaanan ao e aa EE EATE E SNA EAN A Ae AETA PaSA eile 10 1 3 Installing ProSoft Configuration Builder Software ccssceeesceceeeeeeeeeeene
173. has a response ready to be processed it will latch bit 15 of the CIP Mailbox MSG Index word of the input block The ladder logic recognizes this condition and sends another MSG instruction now Get Attribute Single to retrieve the mailbox response from the module Configuration Communication Tag Message Configuration MVI56PDPMV1_Get_Mailbox_MSG Message Type CIP Generic bad Service Get Attribute Single v Type E Service 3 Cote fe Hes Class fa Hex Destination MVISEPDPMV1UTIL Instance jio Attribute 1 Hex D Enable Enable Waiting D Start Eror Code Extended Error Code Error Path Error Text New Tag Done Done Length 288 l Timed Out OK Cancel Help ox ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 131 of 251 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 2 1 Using FLEX Mode MSG Instructions This section will provide further information on how to use the controller tags in the FLEX sample program if Use Legacy Mode No The main controller tag structure MV S6PDPMV1 is organized as follows MVI56PDPMYV1 MYVI56BPDPMYV1 PROFIBUSData MVI56PDPMY1 Config MY I5S6PDPMY1 Command MVIS6PDPMY1 Mailbox MVI56PDPMY 1 Status MVIS6PDPMY 1 Util Controller Tag Description MVI56PDPMV1 PROFIBUSData PROFIBUS input and output data transferred between the processor and the module MVI56PDPMV1 Config Mo
174. hat the module is located at the local rack and Slot 1 Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions amp Alias For Data Type GetSlaveCfg_ MSG MESSAGE GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG MESSAGE GetStatus_MSG MESSAGE Local 1 1 AB 1756_MODULE_INT_5SO0Bytes 1 0 Local 1 0 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_496Bytes 0 0 MYVIS6PDPMY1 PDPM1_ModuleDefinition PS56PDPMY 1_FLEX PSS6PDPMY1_FLEX SetClearMode_MSG MESSAGE SetOperateMode_MSG MESSAGE SetSlaveAddress_MSG MESSAGE Cancel Help ProSoft Technology Inc Page 53 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 6 If your module is located in a different slot or in a remote rack modify the parameters to set the correct path to the module as follows Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions GetSlaveCfg_MSG MESSAGE GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG MESSAGE GetStatus_MSG MESSAGE Local 3 1 gt 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_SO0Bytes 1 0 Name Local 3 4B 1756_MODULE C 0 Local 3 1 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_ i Local 3 0 AB 1756_MODULE_INT_ Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions Name Ais For_ Datatype GetSlaveCfg_MSG MESSAGE GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG MESSAGE GetStatus_MSG MESSAGE Local 3 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_500Bytes 1 0 Local 3 0 vl 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_496Bytes 0 0 f HLocat3 C AB 1756_MODULE C 0 F Local 3 1 AB 1756_MODULE INT Local 3 0 AB 1756_MODULE INT TR
175. he Class value of 4 assembly object The instance value identifies the data used by the MSG instruction The only two service types supported by the module are Get Attribute Single OxOE and Set Attribute Single 0x10 The Class parameter must always be set to a value of 4 The instance value selects the data set to interface with for the instruction The Attribute field is not used by the module and should be set to 0 For more information on the CIP message support refer to the sample ladder logic The following topics describe how CIP messages are handled CIP Generic Messages Get Attribute Single Ox0E Set Attribute Single 0x10 Instance Status 9 Mailbox 10 Mailbox 10 Alarm 11 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 245 of 251 July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Page 246 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Support Service amp Warranty PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 6 Support Service amp Warranty In This Chapter Contacting Technical Support ee eee eeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeeeeanetias 247 s Warranty Informationerne akin ie 248 6 1 Contacting Technical Support ProSoft Technology Inc is committed to providing the most efficient and effective support possible Before calling please gather the following information to assist in expediting this process 1 Produc
176. he Ladder Rung LEGACY Note ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB version 2 2 0 or higher will allow you to export an L5X rung import file based on the configuration information you enter in PCB When using LEGACY mode these custom export files will be very similar to the provided sample LEGACY AOI Rung Import files For additional information on how to export custom made L5X files from PCB please see Exporting the Processor Files Prior to PCB v2 2 0 page 102 Open your application in RSLogix 5000 Expand the Tasks folder and then expand the MainTask folder On the MainProgram folder click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose NEW ROUTINE 4 Inthe New Routine dialog box enter the name and description of your routine and then click OK 5 Select an empty rung in the new routine and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose IMPORT RUNG QN RSLogix 5000 MyController 1756 163 File Edit view Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help alem S I ol rineroataintaresz SlRlBl EF IB QQ Offline 0 E RUN E Path AB_ETH 1 105 102 0 65 Backplane O z amp No Forces b mo No Edits Bl mi a Hfi dtl jojo gt ij 4 gt R Favorites Add On K Alarms K Bt K Timerfcounter KI J Controller MyController a MainProgram MainRoutine A Controller Tags C Controller Fault Handler 3 Power Up Handler 5 8 Tasks 5 fa MainTa
177. his action opens the ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS application 3 Open the TOOLS menu and then choose INSTALL NEW GS FILE This action opens a dialog box that allows you to browse for the location of the GSD configuration files to install Depending on the device and language used in the file the actual extension may be GSD GSE GSS or other combinations hence the generic reference to GS files where is a wildcard that stands for any letter 4 Choose the file to install and then click OPEN If the file already exists in the configuration file path you will be prompted to overwrite the file 5 You will be prompted to associate the GSD configuration file with a bitmap image of the slave device Use the FILE OPEN dialog box to browse for the location of the image file to use If you have no device specific bitmap file you may CANCEL the bitmap upload and a generic device icon will be used in the Bus Configuration window for this slave device Page 84 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module User Manual 2 3 2 Configuring the PROFIBUS Slaves There are two essential steps to configuring a slave 1 Add the slave in ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB as a device connected to the PROFIBUS Master specifying the slave address and any necessary input and output configuration Download the PROFIBUS Mast
178. ick the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose CONNECT If the connection is successful the icon will be highlighted as shown in the following illustration HOST PC Ci lt 1 PTQ PDPMY 1 gt Prosoft Technology comDTM EJ lt O0 gt Cerabar 5 f PMx 7x f PA 03 00 10 fede lt 2 gt Cerabar 5 PMx 7x PA f Y03 00 10 Page 220 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual When the comDTM is connected with the Master PACTware indicates the connection Master by displaying a green plug in the status bar ctr x 0 lt NONAME gt Administrato This completes the installation and Quick Start Guide for the ProSoft Technology PROFIBUS comDTM Refer to the online help and documentation additional information on each DTM component you have installed and configured The comDTM provides a Guided Tour section in the online help that explains the basic features and operation of the program To open the online help click the right mouse button on PROSOFT TECHNOLOGY COMDTM and choose ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS gt ONLINE HELP from the shortcut menu Wy ProSoft Technology comDTM for FOT 1 24 E amp About ProSoft Technology comDTM Guided Tour E comDTM Dialogs License agreement Click the GUIDED TOUR icon Use the navigation buttons on each help page to view the help topics
179. iguration Builder e Module reboot e ControlLogix mode switch from PROG to RUN It contains general module configuration data which allows the ladder logic to correctly handle the handshaking between module and processor for proper backplane communication Input Data Block Format Input Image Local 1 1 Data Controller Tag You can find the contents of the Input Data Block Input Image in the Local 1 l Data user controller tags in RSLogix Word Offset Start End Name Description 0 0 Block Write ID Block ID of the next write block It will contain a value of 9990 because the module expects the next block from the processor to have the same block ID 1 1 Read Block Size Read block size backplane connection input MVI56PDPMV1 Util ReadBlockSize length as configured by the user through RSLogix in the I O Configuration section The size indicates the number of words to transfer from the module to the processor at each time 2 2 Write Block Size Write block size backplane connection MVIS6PDPMV1 Util WriteBlockSize output length as configured by the user through RSLogix in the I O Configuration section The size indicates the total number of words to transfer from the processor to the module at each time 3 3 PROFIBUS Total Input Data Size PROFIBUS Input size configured in PCB MVI56PDPMV1 Config PROFIBUS InputDataSize through the Input Data Size parameter 4 4 PROFIBUS Total Output Data Size PROFIBUS Outp
180. indows Help gio lie Prosoft GSD Bus Configuration 1 PROFIBUS DP E PROFIBUS Master i UE Master 13 ProLi Master ProSoft ProSoft Technology ProSoft Technology Inc Page 113 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 2 4 2 Example 2 Remote Rack Application For this example the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is located in a remote rack accessible through ControlNet as shown in the following illustration 1756 CNB 1756 ENBT Rack 1 Rack 1 Slot Module Network Address 0 ControlLogix Processor 1 1756 CNB Node 1 2 Any 3 1756 ENBT IP 105 102 0 12 Rack 2 Slot Module Network Address 0 Any 1 Any 2 Any 3 Any 4 Any 5 1756 CNB Node 2 6 MVI56 PDPMV1 Page 114 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 1 Inthe Download window click CIP PATH EDIT Download files from PC to module STEP 1 Select Communication Path Select Connection Type 1756 ENBT T Ethernet CIPconnect t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 0 CIP Path Edit STEP 2 Transfer File s DOWNLOAD Test Connection 2 Configure the path as shown in the following illustration for this example and click CONSTRUCT CIP PATH to build the path in text format Ci
181. ing MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Navigation All of the submenus in ProSoft Configuration Builder for this module contain commands to redisplay the menu or return to the previous menu You can always return from a submenu to the next higher menu by pressing M on your keyboard The organization of the menu structure is represented in simplified form in the following illustration Main Menu Child Menu A Child Menu C Child Menu B Child Sub Menu 1 Child Sub Menu 1 Child Sub Menu 2 Child Sub Menu 3 Child Sub Menu 1 Child Sub Menu 2 The remainder of this section shows you the menus available for this module and briefly discusses the available commands Keystrokes The keyboard commands on these menus are usually not case sensitive You can enter most commands in lowercase or uppercase letters The menus use a few special characters that must be entered exactly as shown Some of these characters require you to use the SHIFT CTRL or ALT keys to enter them correctly For example on US English keyboards enter the command as SHIFT and Also take care to distinguish the capital letter I from the lower case letter L I and the number 1 Likewise for the capital letter O and the number 0 Although these characters look nearly the same on the screen they perform different actions on the
182. ing illustration the module firmware is version 1 21 or later Diagnostics Willits a Ge a aly General Software mini COMMAND COM V2 0 Copyright Cc 1990 1993 General Software Inc A gt path a jo ASSET TZ GMTOGMT A gt if not exist c pdpmvl cfg copy a pdpmvl cfg c pdpmvl1l cfg A gt if not exist c pdpmvl ddb copy a pdpmvl ddb c pdpmv1 ddb A gt if not exist c pdpmvl xml copy a pdpmvl xml c pdpmv1 xml APC C gt ECHO OFF MVI56 PDPMV1L Firmware Version 1 21 C gt pb_msts1 Open Backplane Interface ff w Connection DownLoad Config Log ToFile Email Log to Support I Clear File Close If the message MVI56 PDPMV1 Firmware Version x xx does not appear on the screen the module firmware version is 0 30 Diagnostics Wille Salle Sisk shall General Software mini COMMAND COM V2 0 Copyri ght c 1990 1993 General Software Inc A gt path a jc A gt SET TZ GMTOGMT A gt if not exist c pdpmv1 copy a pdpmv1 pdpmv1 A gt if not exist c pdpmv1 copy a pdpmv1 pdpmv1 A gt if not exist c pdpmv1 copy a pdpmv1 pdpmv1 A gt if not exist c wattcp copy a wattcp wattcp A gt r restart ASC C gt pb_msts1 Open Backplane Interface Waiting for connection to processor Waiting for connection to processor iting Com 4 for connection to processor Connection DownLoad Config Log ToFile Email Log to Support I Clear File Close Page 16
183. intask CutRung Ctrl x C MainProgram End Copy Rung Ctrl C A Program Tags ER MainRoutine C Unscheduled Programs J Motion Groups E Ungrouped Axes Delete Rung Del Add Rung Ctri R Add On Instructions Edit Rung Enter Data Types Edit Rung Comment Ctrl D i User Defined a E Strings ampere Rangi Eh Add On Defined Export Rung Predefined Ci Module Defined fia Trends Accept Pending Rung Edits GJ 10 Configuration 1756 Backplane 1756 A4 a 0 1756 L63 MyController 1 1756 MODULE MVIS6PDF verify Rung Go To Ctrl G j Add Ladder Element Alt Ins Mai Rung 0 of 1 Page 52 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 4 Select the PS56PDPMV1_FLEX_v L5X standard sample file or the MVI56PDPMV1_FLEX_AddOn_Rung_v L5X custom file you exported from PCB and click the IMPORT button Import Rung Look in CQ MVISBBPDPMY 1 Se EJ PSS6PDPMV1_FLEX L5x M My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents File name PS56PDPMV1_FLEX LX ae My Network Files of type RS Logix 5000 XML Files L5 X Cancel Places Help 5 The following window will be displayed showing the controller tags associated with the project The O connection parameters will be set as default as LOCAL 1 I and LOCAL 1 0 which assumes t
184. ion Station Response data word 1 Status 2 Station Response data word 2 Status 4 Ident Number Station Status 1 Station Status 3 Response data word 3 Extended Diagnostic Data Response data word 4 Response data word n Page 150 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Message Information Refer to Acyclic Message Status Word page 170 Slave Address Range 1 to 125 specifies the slave from which to read diagnostics Type of request 00h Internal slave diagnostic request Returns the diagnostic information stored in the Master Can only be requested for slaves configured by the Master 01h External slave diagnostic request Sends a diagnostic request on the network to the specified slave Can be requested for all slaves on the network Error code 1 4 If Return Code equals 8030h Negative indication from lower layer status values according to the DP specification may be available in Error Code 1 Error Codes 2 to 4 are reserved Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 170 Return Code Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 170 Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here 0100h Address out of range 0200h Incorrect Type of request OAOOh Failed to rea
185. ion_Output MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_5O00Bytes 0 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_496Bytes 0 0 PDPMY 1_ModuleDefinition PSS6PDPMY1_FLEX MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE MESSAGE Operation Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing Use Existing ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 59 of 251 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 11 Change the names of all controller tags to avoid a conflict with the existing names In this step you should append a string to the default tag names such as _2 as shown in the following illustration Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions El Name amp Alias For Data Type Description Operation AcyclicRead_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New Acyclic write_ MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New Connection_Input_2 PDPMY 1_Connection_Input Create New Connection_Output_2 PDPM 1_Connection_Output Create New GetAlarm_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetLiveList_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetMailbox_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetSlaveCfg_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetStatus_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New Loca
186. is LED is illuminated when the STATUS PROFIBUS and module CRC values do not match between input output blocks Verify that the values match the values generated with the Calculate Checksums button in ProSoft Configuration Builder lf they do not match you must manually change the values at the appropriate address locations listed in the Input and Output block definitions in this manual OFF Normal operation BP ACT Amber ON The LED is ON when the module is able to communicate over the backplane OFF The LED is OFF when the module is unable to communicate with the processor The processor is either absent or not running BATT Red OFF The battery voltage is OK and running ON The battery voltage is low or the battery is not present The battery LED will illuminate briefly upon the first installation of the module or if the unit has not had power for an extended period of time This behavior is normal however should the LED come ON ina working installation please contact ProSoft Technology OK Red OF The card is not receiving any power and is not securely Green plugged into the rack GREEN The module is operating normally RED The program has detected an error or is being configured If the LED remains RED for over 10 seconds the processor program may be incompatible with the module Check the Determining the Firmware Version of the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module page 15 and Determining the Module Mode LEGACY or FLEX page 18 Legacy or F
187. ished the Master sends the PROFIBUS poll messages called telegrams in PROFIBUS to the slave or slaves The MVI56 PDPMV1 module works as a Master only It cannot be a slave to some other Master The MVI56 PDPMV1 module also acts as an input output module between devices on a PROFIBUS network and the Rockwell Automation ControlLogix processor The module uses an internal database to pass data and mailbox requests and responses between the processor and the slave devices on the PROFIBUS network PROFIBUS specifications include a variety of network types The network type supported by the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is PROFIBUS DP version 1 which is designed for remote I O systems motor control centers and variable speed drives ProSoft Technology Inc Page 199 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 2 1 PROFIBUS DP Architecture The PROFIBUS DPV1 network supports multiple Master systems with several slaves The following table shows the most important features of PROFIBUS DPV1 Standard EIN 501 70 DIN 19245 Transmission equipment Physical EIA RS 485 IEC 1158 2 through link or coupler Fiber Optic Cable not available Transfer procedure Half duplex Bus topology Linear bus with active bus termination Bus cable type Shielded twisted pair conductors Connector 9 pin D Sub Number of nodes on the bus Max 32 with no repeaters Max 125 with 3 r
188. l 1 1 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_500Bytes 1 0 Use Existing Local 1 0 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_496Bytes 0 0 Use Existing MYVI56PDPMYV1_2 PDPM 1_ModuleDefinition Create New PS5S6PDPMY1_FLEX_2 PS56PDPM1_FLEX Create New SetClearMode_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New SetOperateMode_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New SetSlaveAddress_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New SetSlaveMode_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New SetStopMode_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New StartSlaves_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New StopSlaves_MSG_q MESSAGE Use Existing i i J i i i i i J y i J J i i i i i J J RAR Page 60 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 12 For the connection I O variables select the variables associated to the correct module as follows Input Connection Variable Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions Name Ains For Data Type AcyclicRead_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New Acyclicwrite_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New Connection_Input_2 PDPMY 1_Connection_Input Create New Connection_Output_2 PDPM 1_Connection_Output Create New Get4larm_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetLiveList_ MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetMailbox_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetSlaveCfg_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New GetStatus_MSG_2 MESSAGE Create New Local 2 gt 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_5O0Bytes 1 0 Use Existing Use Existing E Local 1 1 B 1756_MODULE_INT_ Create New
189. l Adapter Cable and the Null Modem Cable included in the package with the MVI56 PDPMV1 module 1 Connect the RJ45 DB 9 Serial Adapter Cable to the Null Modem Cable 2 Insert the RJ45 cable connector from the RJ45 DB 9 cable into the Configuration Debug port of the module 3 Attach the other end to the serial port on your PC Page 78 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module User Manual 2 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module In This Chapter Setting Up the Project ccccccccsscceeseseeceeeeneeeeseneeeessneeeeseseeeessneeeeseaes 80 Setting Module Parameters ccccssceceeeeceeeeeeneeeeesneeeeeeneeeesssneeeessaes 81 Configuring the PROFIBUS Mastel ccccceeseseseseeeeeeneeeeeeeteeeeeaeeneas 83 Downloading the Project to the Module cccceeeseeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 107 Verifying Correct Operation ccccccccsssseceeseneeeeeeseeeeesneeeeesseeeessaeess 119 Because the task of configuring the PROFIBUS network can be challenging ProSoft Technology has provided a configuration tool called ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB that will help you with the following tasks Setting Up the Project page 80 Setting Module Parameters page 81 Configuring the PROFIBUS Master page 83 Master and slaves Downloading the Project to the Module page 107 The following topics of this chapter e
190. latform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 8 If you are using the module in a different slot or remote rack select the correct connection input and output variables to provide the correct path to the module If your module is located in Slot 1 of the local rack this step is not required Import Configuration Tags Data T ypes Add On Instructions _ Name Alias For_ Data Type Description Use Existing p Local 1 C P Local1 g F Local 1 0 AB 1756_MODULE_INT_ Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions Local1 1 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_5O0Bytes 1 0 Use Existing Local 1 0 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_496Bytes 0 0 Use Existing 4B 1756_MODULE C 0 S Local t 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_ a 4 Local 1 0 AB1756_MODULE_INT_ Cancel Help 9 Click OK to confirm the import RSLogix will indicate that the import is in progress Importing Creating routine Prescan Page 26 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 10 When the import is completed the new rung with the Add On Instruction will be visible as shown in the following illustration F RSLogix 5000 MyController 1756 163 File Edit view Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help alsa 8 Bale prenan a leel fe vier ael Offline D E RUN Eg Path AB_ETH 1 105 102 0 65 Backplane O gt amp No Forces J ok No Edits arin a non Jot
191. lave_Cfg_List 13 JEHA MVI56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 14 4 5 lt 5 5 5 a 5 r MVIS6PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 15 OOO 2 0010 0000 Note For the FLEX sample program you must toggle the command bit MVI56PDPMV1 Command GetStatus in order to update the status data For the LEGACY sample program the status data is updated automatically In the illustration above the binary value in MVI56PDPMV1 Status Fieldbus FB_ Slave_Cfg_List 15 indicates that a slave is configured at address 125 the PROFIBUS Slave Address configured in the Configuring the PROFIBUS Slaves page 85 procedure ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 125 of 251 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 Next expand the MVIS6PDPMV1 Status Fieldobus FB_ Slave_xfer tag The value for MVIS6PDPMV1 Status Fieldbus FB_ Slave_xfer should match the corresponding value in MVIS6PDPMV1 Status Fieldbus FB Slave _Cfg_List indicating that the slave is configured and communicating Tip EMI 56PDPM 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_sfer Feni 4 MVIBEPD PMV 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 0 240000 0000 H MVI56PDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_xfer 1 2 0000 0000 MVI56PDPMY 1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Data_sfer 2 24
192. laves with the special address 126 refer to the next section that describes the Address column Only selected slaves will be added to the PROFIBUS Master Configuration when the ADOPT SELECTED SLAVES button is clicked Page 92 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Address In this column the node address of the slaves will be displayed Found slaves should be listed in ascending order according to their node addresses Special address 126 Set Slave address If a slave with node address 126 is detected during the network scan the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will display the address in red color It will not be possible for the user to adopt the slave to the configuration since it is not allowed to exchange data with devices having this address The check box in the Select column will be grayed out x Address GSD file 3 PROFIBUS DP 64 MODULE AB PDP 64 1 0 HMS_1001 GSD 4 1794 4PB B 1794 4PB B Status 4_B_05D3 GSD 17941416 x 1794 E mpty slot 1794 E mpty slot 1794 E mpty slot 1794 E mpty slot 1794 E mpty slot 1794 E mpty slot 1794 E mpty slot 39 NICE DEVICE Nice Module 1 NICEDEY GSD x Nice Module 2 X 104 01000 0x21 No GSD found fl 0x11 105 SILLY DEVICE Ox33 SILLYDEY GSD GB 126 l Anybus IC PDP IN OUT 1 Byte HMS_1810 GSD 4 b Rescan Adopt selected slaves Cancel Help ProSoft Technol
193. le kika kina Destination Module Slot Number 1756 ENBT 192168012 MMM mvise Modue 2 t 192 168 0 12 p 1 8 2 Add Rack Delete Rack Construct CIP Path OK Cancel 3 Check the new path in the Transport Path Editor Serial Ethernet CIPConnect PathId Path Name CIPConnect Path PathName t 192 168 0 12 p 1 s 2 Add Delete Selected Path 2 CIPconnect Path Edit OK Cancel ProSoft Technology Inc Page 223 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 3 6 Verifying the comDTM Version and comDTM Install Version Introduction There are two versions associated to the comDTM the comDTM version and the comDTM install version Starting with comDTM version 1 0 1 5 each upgrade will indicate the same comDTM version but a different comDTM install version This section describes how to check the comDTM version and comDTM install version Checking the comDTM Version Refer to the Version column indicated when you add the comDTM to the DTM Container project PL Add New Device Device Version Class Manufacturer Protocol SFC173 CommDTM V1 00 08 2005 11 17 Endress Hauser PROFIBUS DP 1 PROFIdtm DP W 2 02 107 2005 11 10 Softing AG Profibus DP y 1 HART Communication 1 0 22 2005 11 28 Code wrights GmbH HART HART OPC Client 2 0 2006 01 09 Endress Hauser Metso Automation HART FXA520 1 05 00 2005 09 15 Endress H
194. ler tags from the sample program Tools Export into a CSV file and then import the CSV file Tools Import into your existing application Page 36 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 1 7 2 FLEX Sample Add On Instruction Import Procedure Note This section applies only if the MVI56 PDPMV1 firmware version is 1 21 or later AND configured in FLEX mode USE LEGACY MODE No Before You Begin The following file is required before you start this procedure Copy the file from the ProSoft Solutions DVD or download it from www prosoft technology com File Name Description PS56PDPMV1_FLEX_AddOn_Rung_v L5X L5X file containing Add On Instruction user defined where is the current sample program data types controller tags and ladder logic required version number to set up the MVI56 PDPMV1 module Flexible Connection I O Length Overview This section describes the flexible backplane connection I O concept The connection parameters may assume values within the following ranges Minimum Size Maximum Size 16 Maximum PROFIBUS data count per Assembly 16 bit bit block 16 bit Instance Input 12 250 input size 8 1 Output 5 248 bp output size 5 2 Configuration 0 0 not used 4 For applications where the module will be used in the local rack the same rack as the C
195. lex to determine the correct sample ladder logic Remove the card from the rack and re insert the card to restart the module s program Page 176 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Diagnostics and Troubleshooting User Manual 4 2 2 PROFIBUS Master Indicators LED State Description TKN HLD GREEN The module has the token OFF The module does not have the token DBASE STAT GREEN Database OK GREEN Flashing Database download in progress RED Invalid database OFF No databases have been downloaded MSTRSTAT GREEN Operating mode GREEN Flashing Clear mode RED Stop mode OFF Offline COM STAT GREEN Data exchange with all configured slaves GREEN Flashing Data exchange with at least one configured slave but not all configured slaves RED Bus control error possible bus short circuit or configuration error OFF No data exchange with any configured slave ALL LEDs RED Fatal error ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 177 of 251 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 4 2 3 Examples The following table shows some of the possible status indicators Processor Module PROFIBUS Master PROFIBUS Master Status Status Status Status LED Description Normal RUN ON ACTIVE ON SoM COM STAT GREEN Operation aoe Master is communicating STAT
196. lly want to quit If the HELP button is pressed the online help will start Page 98 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Set Param SAP61 ProSoft PROFIBUS slave PDPS devices have a configurable parameter for SPC3 User Prm Byte The following illustration shows the value of this parameter in ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS the configuration tool for ProSoft PROFIBUS Master devices Slave properties ProLinx Profibus Slave Common Module data Parameter Value SPC3 User Pim Byte 0 User prm data 001 oo Parameter Data Structure SPC3 evaluates the first seven data bytes without user prm data or the first eight data bytes with user prm data The first seven bytes are specified according to the standard The eighth byte is used for SPC3 specific communications The additional bytes are available to the application Byte Bit Position Designation 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Lock Unio Sync Free WDon Res Res Res Station status Reg Req Req Req 1 WD_Fact_1 2 WD_Fact_2 3 MinTSDR 4 Ident_Number_High 5 Ident_Number_Low 6 Group_Ident 7 Spec_User_Prm_Byte 8 to 243 User_Prm_Data ProSoft Technology Inc Page 99 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform
197. ly 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master e 100 Mbytes of free hard disk space or more based on application requirements e 256 color VGA graphics adapter 800 x 600 minimum resolution True Color 1024 x 768 recommended DVD drive Dial up Internet connection Broadband connection recommended Approved PROFIBUS cabling and connectors Small flat blade screwdriver to secure the PROFIBUS connector to the module Note You can install the module in a local or remote rack For remote rack installation the module requires Ethernet I P or ControlNet access to the processor 1 2 Package Contents The following components are included with your MVI56 PDPMV1 module and are all required for installation and configuration Important Before beginning the installation please verify that all of the following items are present Qty Part Name Part Number Part Description 1 MVI56 PDPMV1 MVI56 PDPMV1 PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Module 1 Cable Cable 15 RS232 For RS232 between a Personal Computer Null Modem PC and the CFG port of the module 1 Cable Cable 14 RJ45 For connecting the module s port to Cable to DB9 Male 15 for RS 232 connections Adapter 1 ProSoft Solutions DVD 001 Contains sample programs utilities and DVD documentation for the MVI56 PDPMV1 module If any of these components are missing please contact ProSoft Technology Support for replacement parts
198. main diagnostics menu and refer to the Software Revision Level value The sample ladder logic to be used will depend on the option that you select Legacy Mode Y the module will use the same x Reset Tag Reset All OK Cancel Select FLEX mode USE LEGACY MODE N Input Data Size Output Data Size 768 Input Byte Swap No No v Output Byte Swap No Use Legacy Mode No Block Timeout 1000 x Backplane Connection Input Size 60 ERTS Backplane Connection Output Size 60 I O Configuration Module Name PDPMV1 oe This parameter is only implemented for MVI56 PDPMV1 firmware version 1 21 or later In order to verify the module s firmware version select the V key Version Information from the main diagnostics menu and refer to the Software Revision Level value The sample ladder logic to be used will depend on the option that you select Legacy Mode Y the module will use the same ES OK Cancel Page 70 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Set Module Properties in RSLogix 5000 According to Mode Selected Module Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local Connection Parameters Assembly A Instance Size Name Input 250 4 16 bit Description Output 248 16 bit Configuration 0 8 bit Comm Format Data INT aa Slot 1 V Open Module Properties Canc
199. mber 0001h 0001h Offset high 0000h 0000h Offset low 0000h 0000h Extended word 1 Slave Slave Address Address Ta Se Error Code 1 Error Code 2 a Error Code 3 Error Code 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Response data word 1 Response data word 2 Response data word 3 Response data word n Extended word 8 Page 152 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Acyclic Message Status Word Refer to Acyclic Message Status Word page 170 Slave Address Range 1 to 125 specifies the slave from which to read the configuration Error Code 1 4 If Return Code equals 3080h Negative indication from lower layer status values according to the DP specification may be available in Error Code 1 Error Codes 2 through 3 are reserved Refer toMailbox Messaging Error Codes page 170 Return Code Refer to Mailbox Messaging Error Codes page 170 Fault Information If Invalid other is returned in the Acyclic Message Status Word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here Refer to Acyclic Message Status Word page 170 0100h Address out of range OAO0h Failed to execute request Refer to Return Codes page 171 for additional information OBOOh Remote station failure Refer to Return Codes page 171 for additional information FFOOh Module not initialized Ide
200. me Number 85 Offset high 86 Offset Low 87 Extended Word 1 88 Extended Word 2 89 Extended Word 3 90 Extended Word 4 91 Extended Word 5 92 Extended Word 6 93 Extended Word 7 94 Extended Word 8 See individual commands 222 Page 144 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 3 4 Special Function Mailbox Messaging Commands The MVI56 PDPMV1 module supports some extended PROFIBUS functions using a mailbox data exchange mechanism implemented in the module The MVI56 PDPMV1 module supports the following special functions through this mailbox messaging scheme Initiated from Processor Message Description Set Operation Mode Controls the operating state of the PROFIBUS Master Set Slave Mode Sends special control command to one or several slaves Sync Freeze Get Slave Diag Gets diagnostic information from a slave Get Slave Config Gets slave configuration Set Slave Address Sets node address of a slave if supported by the slave Get Live List Gets information from all nodes on the network Start Slave Starts slaves dynamically Stop Slave Stops slaves dynamically Class 1 MSAC1 Read DPV1 acyclic read Class 1 MSAC1 Write DPV1 acyclic write Class 2 MSAC2 Connection Initiate Establishes a DPV1 Class 2 connection to a slave Class 2 MSAC2 Connection Abort Terminates a DPV1 Clas
201. module will generate two block IDs blocks 0 and 1 in order to force a Block ID switch as required for the ladder logic to function correctly but both blocks will contain the same data Backplane Block Overview Block Input Total word count PROFIBUS Data Initial PROFIBUS Data Last PROFIBUS Data Number Output in backplane Word Count in Word Offset in Word Offset in block backplane block backplane block backplane block 0 Input 108 100 0 99 1 Input 108 100 0 99 0 Output 105 100 0 99 1 Output 105 100 0 99 Page 44 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Scenario 2 The PROFIBUS data fits into two backplane blocks different PROFIBUS data count per block For this example we will subtract one word for each I O backplane block using the following backplane configuration W Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Paent Local Connection Parameters Assembly Instance Size Name MVI56PDPMV1 Input 1 107 16 bit Description Output 2 104 Tj 16 bit Configuration 4 0 Bit Comm Format ZA Slot 1 p Status Offline Cancel Help For this scenario each backplane block reserves a maximum of 99 words for PROFIBUS I O data The configured PROFIBUS I O size 100 wor
202. mplemented 80C3h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_AD Access denied 80C4h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_EA Area too large 80C5h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_LE Data block length too large 80C6h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_RE Format error in response frame 80C7h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_IP Invalid parameter 80C8h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_SC Sequence conflict 80C9h DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_SE Sequence error 80CAh DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_NE Area non existent 80CBh DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_DI Data incomplete or incorrect 80CCh DPMC_ERR_V1C_MM_NC Master parameter set not compatible Refer to Error Codes page 172 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 171 of 251 Mailbox Messaging User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 6 3 Error Codes If the return code indicates DPMC_ERR_V1C_REQ_NEG the status values according to the DP standard may be available in Error Code 1 Refer to the PROFIBUS DP specification for information on how to interpret these status values Error Code Name Meaning Oth L2_STATUS_UE 02h L2_STATUS_RR 03h L2_STATUS_RS OCh L2_STATUS_RDL Refer to PROFIBUS DP specification ODh L2_STATUS_RDH OFh L2_STATUS_NA 3 6 4 DPV1 Class 1 Related Error Codes Related mailbox commands e Class 1 Read FB_APPL_MSAC1_READ e Class 1 Write FB_APPL_MSAC1_WRITE Possible error codes in Message Data word Return Code ReturnCode Name Meaning 0000h DPMC_ERR_M_NO_INFO No addition
203. n PDPM 1_AcyclicWrite_Out PDPM 1_Alarm PDPMV1_backplane 0 PDPMV1_Backplane_IOSize PDPM ileus 2383 23 JEEE E Ea o PDPMY1_Connection_Input PDPMY1_Connection_Outpul A 3E3635 PDPMY1_ControlCommand PDPMY1_Data PDPMY1_Fieldbus PDPMY1_GetLiveList s BEE 3 EA The array sizes must be modified in the Data Type column to match the connection sizes configured in the module profile Failure to do so will prevent the module from establishing backplane communication with the ControlLogix processor Example 1 For the following example if the module profile is configured as W Module Properties Local 1 1756 MODULE 1 1 General Connection Module Info Backplane Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local Connection Parameters Assembly s Instance Size Name MVIS6PDPM 1 Input 1 250 16 bit Description Output 2 248 a 16 bit Configuration 4 0 H 8 bit Comm Format Da Slot 1 Status Offline Page 38 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Then the PDPMV1_CONNECTION_INPUT user defined data type must have an array size of 250 words as shown in the following illustration DoR PDPMY1_Connection_Input Name Description Connection input to be associated to the module Members Data Type Size byte s
204. n Module 1756 ENBT 192 168 0100 MVI56 Module gt a t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 3 Add Rack Delete Rack Construct CIP Path OK Cancel For more information please refer to Using the ClPconnect Path Editor page 222 Note ClPconnect is available for MVI56 PDPMV1 firmware version 1 28 000 or later and for MVI69 PDPMV1 firmware version 1 37 002 or later This functionality requires comDTM version 1 0 1 5 with install version 1 01 0003 or later For information on how to check the comDTM version and install version refer to Verifying the comDTM Version and comDTM Install Version page 224 ProSoft Technology Inc Page 219 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 4 When you have configured the communication path click the OK button to confirm The communication path will be displayed at the top grid panel as shown in the following illustration Q Transport Path Editor xi Serial Ethernet CIPConnect PathId Path Name CIPConnect Path lt 2 PathName t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 3 Add Delete Selected Path 2 CIPconnect Path Edit OK Cancel 5 Select the path and click the OK button to exit the Transport Path Editor window Serial Ethernet CIPConnect Path Name CIPConnect Path PathName t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 3 al Add Delete Selected Path 2 CIPconnect Path Edit x Cancel 6 Select the coMDTM icon and cl
205. n empty rung in the new routine and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose IMPORT RUNG E MainProgram MainRoutine DER SSelel MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On gt MVI56 PDPM 1 Add On Legacy PSS6PDPMV1_LEGACY PSS6PDPMY1 Connection_Input Local 1 Data Connection_Output Local 1 0 Data MVIS6PDPM 1 MVI56PDPMY 1 End Add Rung Ctrl R Edit Rung Enter Import Rung 9 Select the file PS56PDPMV1_LEGACY_v L5X Import Rung Look in CQ MVISBPDPMY 1 X c E My Recent Documents 7 File name Ps 56PDPMV1_LEGACY L amp X 5 My Network Files of type RSLogix 5000 XML Files L5X Cancel Places Help Page 30 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 10 The following window will be displayed showing the tags to be imported Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions a oe Data Type AB 1756_MODULE_INT_5O0Bytes 0 Use Existing Local 1 0 4B 1756_MODULE_INT_496Bytes 0 0 Use Existing MVISBPDPMV1 PDPMV1_ModuleDet Use Existing PS56PDPMV 1 PS56PDPMV1_LEGACY Use Existing Cancel Help 11 Associate the I O connection variables to the correct module The default values are Local 1 and Local 1 0 so these require change Import Configuration Tags Data Types Add On Instructions _ Nams Alias For
206. n into the Bus Configuration window This action adds the slave device and connects it to the Master in a network relationship Bus Configuration 1 BEE 1 ProSoft 3 EM 277 EA Ca Slave 3 EM 277 PROFIBUS DP Device path PROFIBUS DP PLCs Siemens EM 277 PROFIBUS DP sot CFG data Order number designation Output ade 0 4 Inthe tree view click the plus sign to expand the slave device you added This action opens a list of device configuration values The following illustration shows the possible input output configuration values for a Siemens EM 277 PLC Slave The selections available for other devices will be different so you should review the specifications for the product you are installing in order to determine the correct values to use Prosoft GSD lt lt PROFIBUS DP E PA 1 0 Gateway General Q Encoder PLCs QQ Mitsubishi Electric Corp 3 Siemens 277 PROFIBUS DP A 2 Bytes Out 2 Bytes In A 8 Bytes Out 8 Bytes In 32 Bytes Dut 32 Bytes In A 64 Bytes Out 64 Bytes In 1 Word Out 1 Word In 2 Word Out 2 Word In A 4 Word Out 4 Word In 8 Word Out 8 Word In A 16 Word Out 16 Word In 32 Word Out 32 Word In 2 Word Out 8 Word In A 4 Word Out 16 Word In A 8 Word Out 32 Word In A 8 Word Out 2 Word In A 16 Word Out 4 Word In A 32 Word Out 8 Word In A 4 Byte buffer 1 0 A 8 Byte buffer 1 0 A 12 Byte
207. n therefore obviously not be started However the application can find out about this situation by evaluating the Fault information and Message data words of the response Command and Response Layout Start Slave Message ID Message information Command Data size Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Extended word 1 Extended word 2 Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Extended word 6 Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Message data word 1 Message data word 2 Message data word 3 to 62 fas Message data word 63 Slave 124 Slave 125 Additional Fault Information Fault Information Slave 124 Slave 125 Start Slave Page 166 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Command Message data word 1 63 Byte array stating which slave slaves to start Array index is equal to slave address 0 Do not affect slave 1 Start slave 2 255 Reserved Response Message information in response header Invalid Data Size is returned if Data size in the command header does not equal 126 If Invalid Other is returned further information is to be found in Extended word 8 Additional Fault information Extended word 7 If Extended word 8 equals 0x000A Failed to execute request additional info can be found here Fault information Extended word 8 0x0001 Invalid setting
208. n this column the name of the slave as stated in the assigned GSD file will be displayed If no matching GSD file is found the Ident number will be displayed in red color in the drop down list Module This column shows the name of the module s as stated in the assigned GSD file which matches the Identifier byte s derived from the GetCfg mailbox message If no GSD file or no matching module is found the Identifier byte s will be displayed in red color If the configuration for a slave is constructed of several modules the modules will be listed under each other If there is more than one module in the GSD file that matches the Identifer bytes the first matching module will be displayed in blue color in a drop down list The drop down list will contain all other matching modules so that the user can select the desired one 23 Slaves connected to the network 3 PROFIBUS DP 64 MODULE AB PDP 641 0 4 1794 4PB B 1794 4PB B Status 17941416 v 17944416 1794 1BS 1794 1V16 1794 IM8 1794 Empty slot 1794 Empty slot 1794 Empty slot Note Only modules that have the exact same Identifer bytes as the first matching module will be displayed in the drop down list ProSoft Technology Inc Page 95 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master GSD file This column shows the name of the GSD file that matches the Ident number derived from the
209. ntifier Bytes 1 n Refer to EN50170 Vol 2 for information on the structure of these bytes In addition refer to the documentation provided with the slave device for more information ProSoft Technology Inc Page 153 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 4 Mailbox Message Set Slave Address This command allows you to set the node address of a slave if supported Note The message data size depends on the actual slave implementation Range 0 to 240 bytes Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name SET SLAVE ADDRESS Command Number 0600h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Set Slave Address Message information Command Set Slave Address Data size Size of data No of Slave Data bytes n Extended word 1 Current Slave Addr Address Slave Addr Address Extended word 2 Slave Ident Number Extended word 3 Extended word 4 Extended word 5 Error Code 1 Extended word 6 Error Code 3 Extended word 7 Return Code Extended word 8 Page 154 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Message Information Refer to Acyclic Message Status Word page 170 Current Slave Address Range 1 to 125 specifies the
210. nu 187 Markings 3 Master Slave Communication Phases 201 Master Slave Polling 200 Module Faceplate Status Indicators 176 Module Functional Overview 230 MSG Status Data Details 241 MVI Multi Vendor Interface Modules 2 N Navigation 186 NEQ Instruction 42 Normal Backplane Operation 232 Normal Operation 239 O Output Data Block Block ID 1 to 4 237 Output Data Block Block ID 1 to n 244 Output Data Block Format Output Image 237 238 244 Output Database View Menu 192 Output Mailbox Legacy Mode 142 143 P Package Contents 10 Pinouts 2 183 203 Printing the Processor Network Memory Map 87 100 Product Specifications 197 PROFIBUS comDTM 209 PROFIBUS DP Architecture 200 PROFIBUS Master Indicators 177 PROFIBUS Master Port 202 ProSoft Technology Product Availability 209 Q Queue Timeouts 130 Quick Start 215 R Reading Alarms 140 Rebooting the Module 141 Receiving Mailbox Message Responses from the Module Legacy Mode 143 Redisplaying the Menu 187 Reference 197 Retrieving Status Information 132 Return Codes 151 153 155 159 161 165 171 Returning to the Main Menu 191 193 RPI Time 5 to 750 milliseconds 71 RPI Time 750 milliseconds 72 RS 232 Configuration Debug Port 183 S Sample Program Summary 19 Scanning for Slaves Manually 85 Scenario 1 The PROFIBUS data fits into one backplane block
211. ock to copy from the module to the processor The allowable range is from 5 to 248 words Each output block will reserve 5 words for general purposes CRC and block handshaking The remainder is reserved for PROFIBUS output data Configuration Assembly 4 Instance Configuration Size 0 The following illustration shows an example for a local rack application where the module was set with the maximum backplane I O sizes 250 248 words New Module Type 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Parent Local Connection Parameters Assembly i Instance Size Input f 250 6bi Description Comm Format Data INT v Slot 1 2 V Open Module Properties Output f2 248 f6 bi Configuration 4 fo 8 bit a Cancel Help Page 50 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 Click the CONNECTION tab and then enter the Requested Package Interval RPI value o If the module is located in the local rack same rack where the processor is located or in a remote rack connected through EtherNet IP adapters select the maximum value of 750 Ms o Ifthe module is located in a remote rack connected through ControlNet adapters adjust the RPI time to be not less than 5 Ms and not less than and preferably some even multiple of the RSNetWorx for ControlNet Network Update Time NUT 6 Click OK to con
212. ocol ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseeeesaeeeeaaeseeeeeeaas 199 5 2 1 PROFIBUS DP ArchiteCture cccccccccsseceeseseeeesseeeeeeeeeaeeeseesaeeeesesaeeeesenaeeseneaas 200 5 2 2 BUS ACCESS ipii Poratie Pacers cel ons aea eee eget vate bite waa ae boca tease leas 200 5 2 3 Master Slave Communication Phases ccceecceceeeceseeeeeeneeseeeeeceaeeeseaeeeeneessaees 201 5 2 4 How Cable Length Affects Communication Rate cscccccssceeessteeesssteeeeeeaes 201 5 2 5 PROFIBUS Master Pott cccccccccessececeeeeeeceeeeeeeseesaeeesensaeeeseesaeeseseaeeseseneeseseaas 202 5 2 6 Constructing a Bus Cable for PROFIBUS DP 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeetees 203 5 2 7 Supported PROFIBUS Services ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeaeeeeeeeseaeeesaeeeeaeeseeeeeeaas 208 5 3 PROFIBUS COMDTM aat iat aaar arde aana aaa eaa E Aea a aaa EROE R ERr EAAS 209 5 3 1 ProSoft Technology Product Availability cceccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeeeeseeeees 209 5 3 2 Introduction to PROFIBUS COMDTM ccseceeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeseaeeseeeeees 210 5 3 3 System Requirements c ccceecceceeeeeeeeceeeaeeeeneeceaeeeeeaeeeeaaesseeeeseaeeesaeeseaeeeseneesaas 213 5 3 4 Installation sinna a crete eececey a ieee er rere er a a A cer 214 5 3 5 QUICK SLAM aer aa AN AR a a E thas 215 5 3 6 Verifying the comDTM Version and comDTM Install Version ccceeeeeee 224
213. ogy Inc Page 93 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master To be able to adopt a slave with address 126 the user must first assign a valid address by clicking the icon next to the node address By doing so the Set Slave Address dialog box is started Note The Old slave address is preset to a value of 126 that is not editable grayed out Set new slave address O x New slave address 69 Old slave address No address change anymore E Set address Status The PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will prevent the user from selecting a New slave address that is already occupied by another device this includes detected Master stations as well If the user selects an occupied address a message similar to the one shown here will open CO x 1 Address already in use When an address has been successfully assigned the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will update the Network scan window as shown here The node address will be updated to the one that the user selected in the Set Slave dialog box The check box in the Se ect column will be marked allowing the user to adopt the slave to the configuration 69 Anybus IC PDP IN OUT 1 Byte HMS_1810 GSD Page 94 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Slave I
214. onal SP2 or better e Microsoft Internet Explorer Version 6 0 or better FDT 1 2 1 compliant FDT frame application Compatible applications include o PACTware o FieldCare o M amp M fdtCONTAINER Some FDT Containers require the following components e Microsoft Management Console e Adobe Acrobat Reader 5 0 or better ProSoft Technology Inc Page 213 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 3 4 Installation Important You must have Administrator rights on your computer to install this application Important Please open and read the Readme file before starting the installation The Readme file is located in Utilities gt comDTM gt Readme on the ProSoft Solutions Product DVD To install comDTM 1 2 on A Insert the ProSoft Solutions Product DVD in the DVD drive in your computer Wait for the startup screen to appear On the startup screen click PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION This action opens a Windows Explorer file tree window Double click to open the UTILITIES folder then navigate to COMDTM gt COMDTM INSTALL Double click the SETUP EXE file This action starts the installation wizard Follow the instructions on the installation wizard to install the program Click FINISH to complete the installation If you are prompted to restart your computer save your work in any applications that are running close the applications and allow the computer to res
215. onnection _Input Connection _Input E Prescan Connection_Output Connection_Output amp Data Types MVISBPDPMV1 MVISBPDPMY1 il User Defined AcyclicRead_MSG AcyclicRead_MSG ch AcyclicWrite_MSG AcyclicWrite MSG W POPMV1_AcyclicRead Bi PDPMV1 _AcycicRead In GetAlarm_MSG GetAlarm MSG ng Ra GetMailbox_MSG GetMailbox MSG 8 POPMV1_AcycicRead_Out GetStatus_MSG GetStatus MSG oa POPMV1_Acyclicwrite GetLiveList_ MSG GetLiveList_MSG w PDPMY1_AcyclicWrite_In GetSlaveCfg_MSG GetSlaveCfg_MSG W PDPMV1_AcyclicWrite_Out GetSlaveDiagnostics MSG GetSlaveDiagnastics_MSG POPMY1_ Alarm SetClearMode_MSG SetClearMode MSG TA SetOperateMode_MSG SetOperateMode MSG V a x Us POPMv 1_backplane w SetSlaveAddress_MSG SetSlaveAddress MSG Type Ladder Diagram Main SetSlaveMode_MSG SetSlaveMode MSG Description SetStopMode_MSG SetStopMode MSG StartSlaves_MSG StartSlaves_MSG StopSlaves_MSG StopSlaves_MSG OP Copy File Source Connection_Output Data 0 Dest Local 1 0 Data 0 Length 65 10T Immediate Output Update Tag Locatt 0 lt gt MainRoutine A gt Ready Rung 0 of 1 APP ProSoft Technology Inc Page 73 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 2 Goto the Controller Tags window and select the EDIT TAGS tab DELETE all the controller tags associated with the AOI import Controller Tags PROFI_Test controller Scop
216. ontrolLogix processor use the maximum backplane O sizes For applications where the module will be used in a remote rack use the backplane I O sizes that will provide optimal network performance PROFIBUS and ControlNet or EtherNet IP The configured sizes will have an impact on the number of blocks required to transfer the entire PROFIBUS I O database between the ControlLogix processor and the MVI56 PDPMV1 module Reducing the number of words per backplane block may improve the ControlNet or EtherNet IP network performance However doing so will increase the number of backplane block transfers and have a negative effect on overall backplane data transfer efficiency ProSoft Technology Inc Page 37 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master IMPORTANT ControlLogix Version 16 with FLEX Mode If you change the connection sizes in the module profile you must also update the following data types with the new sizes The connection I O sizes defined in the module profile must always match the following user defined data types PDPMV1_CONNECTION_INPUT PDPMV1_CONNECTION_OUTPUT You will also need to adjust limits in some of the ladder logic or AOI logic For additional details see Adjusting the Connection Sizes for Your Application page 40 Data Types PDPM 1_AcyclicRead PDPM 1_AcyclicRead_In PDPM 1_AcyclicRead_Out PDPM 1_AcyclicWrite PDPM 1_AcyclicWrite_I
217. ow the procedure on how to import the Add On Instruction into your existing ladder for both module modes LEGACY or FLEX Page 20 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 1 7 1 LEGACY Sample Add On Instruction Import Procedure Note This section applies only if your application meets one or more of the following conditions MVI56 PDPMV1 module firmware version 0 30 MVI56 PDPMV1 module firmware version 1 21 or later AND configured in LEGACY mode USE LEGACY MODE YES Before You Begin The following file is required before you start this procedure Copy the file from the ProSoft Solutions DVD or download it from www prosoft technology com File Name Description MVI56PDPMV1_LEGACY_AddOn_Rung_ L5X L5X file containing Add On Instruction user defined where is the current sample program version data types controller tags and tag arrays and ladder number logic required to set up the MVI56 PDPMV1 module in Legacy mode Creating a New RSLogix5000 Project Legacy 1 Open the File menu and then choose NEw fe RSLogix 5000 AG Edit view Search Logic Communications Tools Window Help B New Ctrl N os gt Open Ctrl 0 2 Select the REVISION of your controller Depending on the revision there may be some small differences in the appearance of dialog boxes New Controller Allen Bradley T
218. parameters required AON SetClearMode SetStopMode SetOperatingMode GetLiveList Toggle the mailbox trigger bit MVISG6PDPMV1 Command lt MailboxName gt Verify that the mailbox trigger bit is automatically reset Verify that the message to request the mailbox was successfully executed through the increment of the following controller tag MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG MailboxRequest DNCounter ACC Verify that the message to retrieve the mailbox response was successfully executed through the increment of the following controller tag MVI56PDPMV1 Util MSG MailboxResponse DNCounter ACC Refer to the mailbox response data if applicable in the following controller tag MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox lt MailboxName gt In lt ResponseDataName gt Note This step is not applicable to the following mailboxes no response data SetClearMode SetStopMode SetOperatingMode Page 136 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Example GetSlaveConfiguration Mailbox The following example shows how to use a mailbox command to retrieve the slave configuration identifier bytes from a PROFIBUS slave The first step is to configure the parameters that will be required for the mailbox For the GetSlaveConfig mailbox the only parameter required is the PROFIBUS slave address WVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox GetSlaveConfig Out SlaveAdadress MVI56PDPMY1 Mailbos GetSl
219. put data from PROFIBUS network with each block containing up to 200 words of data refer to Inout Data Block 1 to 4 Output Data Output data for PROFIBUS network with each block containing up to 200 words of data refer to Output Data Block 100 to 109 Mailbox These block numbers send or receive mailbox messages refer to PDPMV1_ Mailbox data type 200 to 209 Alarms These block numbers send alarm messages from the PROFIBUS network to the processor refer to PDPMV1_ Alarm The size of the input and output areas should be set to the smallest possible values to maximize data throughput Handshaking is required between the in and out messages used by the module and the controller ProSoft Technology Inc Page 231 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Normal Backplane Operation The MVI56 PDPMV1 module s application code initiates the data transfers at the end of every ControlLogix PLC ladder scan As such the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is able to actively read and write the PROFIBUS Cyclic Input Output data blocks in the appropriate locations Input Data Block Block ID 1 to 4 This block contains the previous input data received from the slaves Input Data Block Format Input Image Local 1 1 Data Controller Tag You can find the contents of the Input Data Block Input Image in the Local 1 Data user controller tags in RSLogix
220. r module is inserted in configured slot COM STAT GREEN or OFF depends if the module is communicating with PROFIBUS slaves DBASE STAT GREEN TKN HLD GREEN OK GREEN BP ACT AMBER APP STATUS AMBER FLEX Ladder Yes MSTR STAT GREEN 1sec RED 2 secs COM STAT OFF DBASE STAT GREEN TKN HLD GREEN OK GREEN BP ACT OFF APP STATUS AMBER 4 2 5 Flex Mode Use Legacy Mode No LED Behavior After Power Up Scenario Debug Access After Power Up Module located in slot that is not No configured Waiting for connection to OR processor No processor OR Neither sample logics loaded to processor LEGACY or FLEX MSTR STAT OFF COM STAT OFF DBASE STAT GREEN TKN HLD OFF OK RED BP ACT AMBER APP STATUS AMBER LEGACY Ladder Yes MSTR STAT RED COM STAT OFF DBASE STAT GREEN TKN HLD GREEN OK GREEN BP ACT OFF APP STATUS AMBER FLEX Ladder Yes MSTR STAT GREEN COM STAT GREEN or OFF depends if the module is communicating with PROFIBUS slaves DBASE STAT GREEN TKN HLD GREEN OK GREEN BP ACT AMBER APP STATUS OFF Page 180 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 4 3 Using ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB for Diagnostics 4 3 1 Disabling the RSLinx Driver for the Com Port on the PC The communication port driver in RSLin
221. r Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 6 Next expand the tag MVIS6PDPMV1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station to verify that the MVI56 PDPMV1 responded to the GetLiveList message For MVIS6PDPMV1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station 1 the PROFIBUS Master Address notice that the value has changed from 4 not communicating to 3 Master MVI56PDPM 1 Mailbox ocak MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox GetLiveList ee sh MVI56PD PM Y1 Mailbox GetLiveList ReturnCode 0 EH MVISEPD PM 1 Mailbox GetLiveList FaultInfo 0 MVIS56PDPMY 1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station feat MVI 56PDPMW1 Mailbos GetLiveList Station 0 4 EH MVI56PDPMY1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station 1 EE H MvI 56PDPM1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station 2 4 MVI56PDPMY1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station 3 For MVIS6PDPMV1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station 125 the PROFIBUS Slave Address configured in the Configuring the PROFIBUS Slaves page 85 procedure notice that the value has changed from 4 not communicating to 0 Slave OK F MYVIS6PD PMY1 Mailbos GetLiveList Station 122 4 5 MVISEPDPMV1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station 123 4 t MVIS6PDPMV1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station 1 24 4 t MVISSPDPMV1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station 125 BLO q MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox GetLiveList Station 126 4 Page 128 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User
222. r installations in Canada and in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction The following warnings must be heeded WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR SUITABILITY FOR CLASS I DIV 2 WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD WHEN IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS TURN OFF POWER BEFORE REPLACING OR WIRING MODULES WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD DO NOT DISCONNECT EQUIPMENT UNLESS POWER HAS BEEN SWITCHED OFF OR THE AREA IS KNOWN TO BE NON HAZARDOUS THIS DEVICE SHALL BE POWERED BY CLASS 2 OUTPUTS ONLY MVI Multi Vendor Interface Modules WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD DO NOT DISCONNECT EQUIPMENT UNLESS POWER HAS BEEN SWITCHED OFF OR THE AREA IS KNOWN TO BE NON HAZARDOUS AVERTISSEMENT RISQUE D EXPLOSION AVANT DE DECONNECTER L EQUIPEMENT COUPER LE COURANT OU S ASSURER QUE L EMPLACEMENT EST DESIGNE NON DANGEREUX Warnings North America Warnings A Warning Explosion Hazard Substitution of components may impair suitability for Class I Division 2 B Warning Explosion Hazard When in Hazardous Locations turn off power before replacing or rewiring modules Warning Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be nonhazardous C Suitable for use in Class Division 2 Groups A B C and D Hazardous Locations or Non Hazardous Locations ATEX Warnings and Conditions of Safe Usage Power Input and Output I O wiring must be in accordance with the authorit
223. ransfer Statistics Press B from the Main menu to view the Block Transfer Statistics screen Use this command to display the configuration and statistics of the backplane data transfer operations between the module and the processor The information on this screen can help determine if there are communication problems between the processor and the module Tip To determine the number of blocks transferred each second mark the numbers displayed at a specific time Then some seconds later activate the command again Subtract the previous numbers from the current numbers and divide by the number of seconds passed between the two readings Viewing Module Configuration Press C to view the Module Configuration screen Use this command to display the current configuration and statistics for the module ProSoft Technology Inc Page 187 of 251 July 29 2015 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Viewing Input Data Press I to open the Input Database View menu Use this command to see the contents of data placed in the Input database Viewing Output Data Press O to open the Output Database menu Use this command to see the contents of data placed in the Output database Viewing Version Information Press V to view version information for the module Use this command to view the current firmware version of the software Software Revision Level for the modul
224. rifies that the planned configuration matches the actual device configuration for each slave in the PROFIBUS network The test verifies that e The device is actually there It is the right type of device The station address set on the device matches the station address in the bus configuration e The formats telegram length information and bus parameters are correct and e The number of configured inputs and outputs is correct 5 2 4 How Cable Length Affects Communication Rate Max Bus Cable Length Per Segment Baud Rates for 12 Mbps cable 1 2 km 9 6 kbit sec 1 2 km 19 2 kbit sec 1 2 km 93 75 kbit sec 1 0 km 187 5 kbit sec 0 5 km 500 kbit sec 0 2 km 1 5 Mbit sec 0 1 km 3 Mbit sec 0 1 km 8 Mbit sec 0 1 km 12 Mbit sec ProSoft Technology Inc Page 201 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 2 5 PROFIBUS Master Port The following diagram has been imported from the PROFIBUS Master documentation Note that the signals to reference are the D Sub signals in the table D Sub Board to Screw Sianal male Board g Housing 1 5 Cable shield Female a ee 8 16 es 2 GND_BUS i 5V BUS output iti 3 A Line CO oO DI om Ww Po i Page 202 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 2 6 Constructing a
225. rm Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Creating the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module Profile Flex 1 Right click I O CONFIGURATION and then choose NEW MODULE amp j 1 0 Configuration Sg 3 1756 Backplane 1756 A gi fq 0 1756 163 My_Cor E New Module P 2 Select 1756 MODULE E Select Module Communications Controllers Digital Drives Motion Other 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Allen Bradley Specialty Te Eind Add Favorite By Category By Vendor Favorites ProSoft Technology Inc Page 49 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 Fill the module properties as follows Parameter Value Name Enter a module identification string Example MVIS6PDPMV1 Description Enter a description for the module Example ProSoft communication module for PROFIBUS communication Comm Format Select DATA INT Slot Enter the slot number in the rack where the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is located Input Assembly Instance 1 Input Size Enter the number of words per backplane input block to copy from the module to the processor The allowable range is from 12 to 250 words Each input block will reserve 8 words for general purposes CRC block CIP handshaking The remainder is reserved for PROFIBUS input data Output Assembly Instance 2 Output Size Enter the number of words per backplane output bl
226. rmation Command Set Operation Mode Extended word 1 ee Conf Req EE Conf Req Extended word 2 a Extended word 3 er ies Extended word 4 N Extended word 5 el Extended word 6 nl a as Extended word 7 Extended word 8 Fault Information Mode 40h STOP 80h CLEAR COh OPERATE Page 164 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Conf Req 00h Confirmation is not required 01h Confirmation required All confirmations are automatically sent by the Master the user is not required to send a confirmation message Fault Information If Invalid Other is returned in the Message Information word in the header of the response information about the fault can be found here Refer to Return Codes page 171 for more information 0100h Invalid operating mode FFOOh Module not initialized ProSoft Technology Inc Page 165 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 10 Mailbox Message Start Slave This mailbox message starts a selection of slaves that was previously removed from the processing cycle by means of the mailbox message FB_APPL_STOP_SLAVE This message is allowed in all Operation modes STOP CLEAR and OPERATE Note The message will be accepted even if one or several slaves are not part of the configuration and ca
227. s M Show Profibus Address Print 2 Choose a location for the file that you can access easily from RSLogix 5000 My Documents or Desktop for example and then click SAVE 3 Click OK to close the inRAx Data Type dialog box Page 102 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 3 5 Exporting the Processor Files for PCB v2 2 0 or later NOTE The files created in this step are for use with RSLogix 5000 version 16 or higher Earlier versions of RSLogix did not support the Add On Instructions AOls created by this procedures so the files created here will not work with RSLogix 5000 versions 15 or earlier For those earlier versions of RSLogix use the standard sample ladder logic files without AOls For details see Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Sample Ladder Logic page 19 For your convenience beginning with version 2 2 0 and later ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB will create a complete customized Add On Instruction AOI Rung Export L5X file that has been tailored to the specific configuration you created for your PROFIBUS network and module configuration This makes integrating the MVI56 PDPMV1 module into a new or existing application easier than it has ever been For additional details on how to integrate the rung import file into your RSLogix 5000 project see Importing the Ladder Rung LEGACY page 24 or Importing
228. s to match the values required by your application To change a value select the parameter to modify in the left pane and then type the new value in the edit field in the right pane ProSoft Technology Inc Page 81 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module User Manual For the sample application the input and output data size values should both MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master be 768 G Untitled ProSoft Configuration Builder Edit MVI Profibus Master DPV1 x Input Data Size Output Data Size 768 Input Byte Swap Output Byte Swap Use Legacy Mode Yes x Block Timeout Comment Definition This parameter is only a implemented for MVI56 PDPMV1 firmware version 1 21 or later In order to verify the module s firmware version select the V key Version Information from the main diagnostics menu and refer to the Software Revision Level value The sample ladder logic to be used will depend on the option that you select Legacy Mode Y the module will use the same v Reset Tag Reset All OK Cancel Note Select the module mode FLEX or LEGACY to match the sample program previously selected as follows f you chose a FLEX sample Set USE LEGACY MoDE No f you chose a LEGACY sample Set USE LEGACY MODE YES 4 Click OK to save your settings and return to the main PCB window
229. s 2 connection to a slave Class 2 MSAC2 Read Issues a Class 2 acyclic read request to a slave once a connection has been established Class 2 MSAC2 Write Issues a Class 2 acyclic write request to a slave once a connection has been established DPV1 Alarm Handling Generated by Slave Devices Message Description Alarm Indications Spontaneous alarm indication from DPV1 slave Structure of data is slave dependent Alarm Confirmation This message is sent by the MVI56 module automatically as a confirmation to the alarm indications The provided Function Blocks simplify the processor logic required to implement these messaging mailbox exchanges Sending a mailbox message to the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is a relatively simple process however it is important to follow a certain sequence ProSoft Technology Inc Page 145 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Mailbox Message Structure To MVI56 Module Word Offset Type Description 0 Message ID Processor logic or user set The Message ID field is used by the MVI56 module to detect a new message in the PROFIBUS output data image When a non zero value is detected the message is processed immediately The sample ladder logic assigns specific message IDs to different mailbox messages Message Info See individual commands for data values to be entered in each of these register locations
230. s TY MYI56PDPM Y1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List Daeth MYVI56PDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 0 2 0000_1000 MYISSPDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 1 2 0000_0000 MYVISSPDPMY1 Status Fieldbus FB_Slave_Cfg_List 2 2 0000_0000 Page 134 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Mailbox Messaging User Manual 3 2 3 Sending Mailbox Commands The mailbox commands allow the processor to request specific tasks from the module The following table describes the available mailbox commands Mailbox Controller Tag Overview Trigger Data Acyclic Read MVI56PDPMV1 Command MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Reads acyclic data information from DPV1 AcyclicRead AcyclicRead slaves Acyclic Write MVI56PDPMV1 Command MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Writes acyclic data information from DPV1 AcyclicWrite AcyclicWrite slaves Get Live List MVI56PDPMV1 Command MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Reads the live list from the module The live GetLiveList GetLiveList list shows which slave addresses are currently communicating with the module Get Slave MVI56PDPMV1 Command MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Reads the configuration identifier bytes from Configuration GetSlaveConfig GetSlaveConfig a specific connected PROFIBUS slave Get Slave MVI56PDPMV1 Command MVI56PDPMV1 Mailbox Reads slave diagnostics from a specified Diagnostics GetSlaveDiagnostics GetSlav
231. s slave device files in several languages it is a common practice to use the third letter of the file extension to indicate the language used in the file For instance o GSD is the most commonly used file extension and will usually be in either English or German GSE will usually be in English GSS will usually be in Spanish GSF will usually be in French other combinations may also be seen as well as other languages using the letters indicated above Follow these steps to install the GSD file or files for your slave device or devices O O O O Tip GSD configuration files for popular PROFIBUS slaves and ProSoft Technology solutions are included with PCB Before installing GSD files browse the list of available slaves in the Tree View window to see if GSD files for your slave are already installed GSD files are often both model number specific as well as model revision specific Just because you may have an older GSD file from a manufacturer for the particular make and model of your slave device does not guarantee it will work for a newer revision of that device Be sure you obtain from the device manufacturer the correct GSD file or files for your PROFIBUS slave or slaves To install GSD files manually 1 In ProSoft Configuration Builder tree view click to expand the module tree and then double click the PROFIBUS DP icon This action opens the PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box 2 Click the CONFIGURE PROFIBUS button T
232. seeeeereeeneee 20 Common Settings for All Sample Programs ecceeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 66 Downloading the Sample Program to the ProCeSSOl csseeeeeeees 77 Connecting Your PC to the Module eeceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaees 78 For most applications the installation and configuration steps described in this section will work without additional programming ProSoft Technology strongly recommends that you complete the steps in this chapter before developing a custom application After you have verified that the module is installed and communicating successfully with the processor and the PROFIBUS network 1 1 System Requirements The MVI56 PDPMV1 module requires the following minimum hardware and software components e Rockwell Automation ControlLogix processor with compatible power supply and one free slot in the rack for the MVI56 PDPMV1 module The module requires 800 mA of available power e Rockwell Automation RSLogix 5000 programming software version 2 51 or higher e Rockwell Automation RSLinx communication software Pentium II 450 MHz minimum Pentium III 733 MHz or better recommended e Supported operating systems o Microsoft Windows XP Professional with Service Pack 1 or 2 o Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional with Service Pack 1 2 or 3 o Microsoft Windows Server 2003 e 128 Mbytes of RAM minimum 256 Mbytes of RAM recommended ProSoft Technology Inc Page 9 of 251 Ju
233. ses from the Module Legacy Mode After a mailbox message has been sent a response from the command usually containing the requested data or the status of the command is returned from the module to the processor The response is returned from the MVI56 PDPMV1 via the PROFIBUS Input data block Word Offset Description 0 to 72 Configuration status and control data 73 Number of messages in the In Mailbox queue 74 Number of messages in the Out Mailbox queue 75 Number of messages in the alarm queue 76 Last Out Mailbox Message ID processed from output image 77 Current In Mailbox Control Index 78 Current Alarm Control Index 79 to 222 Incoming Mailbox Message data 223 ton PROFIBUS input data ProSoft Technology Inc Page 143 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master The important section relevant to the Mailbox Messaging discussion is the Incoming Mailbox Data section Byte Offsets 79 to 222 Within this section of data the following structure exists Mailbox Message Structure From MVI56 module Word Offset Type Description 79 Message ID Message ID value will match value used to generate the outgoing mailbox message 80 Message Info See individual commands for data values to be 81 Command entered in each of these register locations 82 Data Size 83 Frame Count 84 Fra
234. sizes used in the module are as follows Queue Type Queue Size Description Max Output message from processor 126 Number of messages that the MVI56 module will queue by type of message Note that status nput messages tor processor 126 of the queues can be monitored via the Queue Alarm messages from slaves for 100 Message Count values processor 3 1 1 Queue Timeouts The MVI56 PDPMV1 module will only allow a message to stay in a queue for up to 10 seconds If the PROFIBUS Master for output messages or the processor for input and alarm messages has not successfully received a message within 10 seconds the module will clear the message out of the queue 3 2 Flex Mode Mailbox Communication The processor sends a MSG instruction to the module with a Set Attribute Single type to request the module to process a mailbox function Message Configuration MVIS6PDPMV1_AcyclicRead_MSG Configuration Communication Tag Message Type ee Sak Set Attribute Single x Source Element MVIS6PDPMV1 UTIL f A Source Length 288 4 Bytes ae 10 Hex Class Instance 10 Attribute New Tag D Enable Enable Waiting Start D Done Done Length 0 Error Code Extended Error Code I Timed Que Error Path Error Text Cancel Help Page 130 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Mailbox Messaging User Manual When the module
235. sk 5 ao MainProgram E A Program Tags CutRung Ctrl x EA MainRoutine End Copy Rung Ctrl C E Unscheduled Programs Motion Groups C Ungrouped Axes E Add On Instructions Data Types Add Rung Ctrl R OR User Defined Edit Rung Enter L Strings Edit Rung Comment Ctrl D 4 Add On Defined Ei Predefined Iipore RuN is Cig Module Defined Export Rung E Trends Yo Configuration 1756 Backplane 1756 4 Accept Pending Rung Edits fa 0 1756 L63 MyController aded UES v Delete Rung Del 5 1 1756 MODULE MYIS6PDPMY 1 Verify Rung GoTo Ctrl G Add Ladder Element Alt Ins Rung 0 of 1 Page 24 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Start Here PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 6 Select the MVIS6PDPMV1_LEGACY_v ACD standard sample file or the MVI56PDPMV1_LEGACY_AddOn_Rung_v L5X custom file you exported from PCB and click the IMPORT button Import Rung Look in E MVIS6PDPMVI aaee My Recent Documents E Desktop My Documents Sag My Computer s File name MVI56PDPMV1_LEGACY LSX D My Network Files of type RSLoaix 5000 XML Files L5X Cancel Places Help 7 A window will be displayed showing the controller tags to be created during the import procedure ProSoft Technology Inc Page 25 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix P
236. ssigned slaves Bit 9 Slave input frozen cleared FBFC 0 A slave s inputs in the IN area are cleared if a slave is not in Data Exchange 1 A slave s inputs in the IN area are frozen if a slave is not in Data Exchange Bit 12 Reset RDR 0 No action 1 A reset is requested by the PROFIBUS Master module because a new database has been downloaded 86 89 PROFIBUS configuration CRC32 checksum for PROFIBUS Master configuration Checksum downloaded from configuration utility 90 93 MVI56 Module configuration MVI56 PDPMV1 for module configuration downloaded from checksum configuration utility 94 95 Application program scan counter MVI56 PDPMV1 module program scan counter Can be used to gauge application code scan time performance 96 97 Module PROFIBUS output image Counter representing the number of times the output data image data update counter is transferred to the module s internal Master 98 99 Module PROFIBUS input image Counter representing the number of times the input data image data update counter is transferred from the module s internal Master 100 101 Module out mailbox counter Module out mailbox counter 102 103 Module in mailbox counter Module in mailbox counter 104 105 Module alarm IND receive counter Number of spontaneous alarm messages received from slave 106 107 Module alarm CON receive Number of confirmation messages received from slaves counter indicating that the slave received the confirmation message from the MVI56 PDPMV1 module 1
237. standard way to provide all necessary data and functionality for a communication device for example a PROFIBUS DP card This technology is similar to the way Microsoft Windows supports printer drivers supplied by manufacturers and available to any Windows application rather than requiring a custom printer driver for each specific application PROFIBUS comDTM distributed by ProSoft Technology is a DTM for PTQ and MVI series PDPMV1 modules and ProLinx PDPMV1 gateways Configuration is available through Ethernet for the PTQ and ProLinx series PDPMV1 and through RS 232 serial for the MVI series PDPMV1 modules Ethernet configuration is also available through the ClPConnect feature for MVI56 PDPMV1 and MVI69 PDPMV1 modules see note PROFIBUS comDTM allows configuration tools instruments and communication devices on a field network to recognize and use the module s capabilities Communication Channels Supported Serial Ethernet Product Local RS 232 Port Local Ethernet Port CliPconnect MVI46 PDPMV1 Supported MVI56 PDPMV 1 Supported Supported see note MVI69 PDPMV 1 Supported Supported see note PTQ PDPMV1 Supported ProLinx PDPMV1 Supported Note MVI56 PDPMV1 requires firmware version 1 28 000 or later to support ClPconnect enabled PC programs 1756 ENBT support The 1756 ENBT card must be located in the same rack as the MVI56 PDPMV1 Bridging through multiple racks is not supported by the comDTM software MVI69 PD
238. ster User Manual If no slaves are found a message similar to the one below will appear The same message will also show up if no slaves are found during the initial scan for example when selecting SCAN NETWORK from the Online menu Adopt selected slaves Pressing this button will cause all selected slaves to be adopted to the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window Before carrying on with this action a message similar to the one below will appear Question 8 Do you accept the configuration ProSoft Technology Inc Page 97 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master If accepted the network scan window will close and the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will be populated with the slaves that were found during the network scan 23 Bus Configuration 1 Slave 104 0 1000 Device path Sa CFG data Order number designation put address 0x21 0x11 BF Note The icon for slave 104 displays the Ident number since no GSD file exists for this device Also observe the configuration for the very same slave at the bottom of the screen Note Slave is equal to the Ident number and that the Device path and Order number designation fields are left empty Cancel and Help If the CANCEL button is pressed a message similar to the one below will appear Question hl The network scan result will be lost Do you rea
239. t CIP Path OK Cancel Page 110 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module User Manual 3 Check the new path in the C Pconnect text box Download files from PC to module Select Connection Type gt STEP 1 Select Communication Path 1756 ENBT x Ethernet ClIPconnect ft 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 2 Browse Device s STEP 2 Transfer File s DOWNLOAD Abort Test Connection Ok Cancel 4 Click TEST CONNECTION to verify that the physical path is available The following message should be displayed upon success Download files from PC to module gt STEP 1 Select Communication Path 1756 ENBT Select Connection Type Ethernet CIPconnect STEP 2 Transfer File DOWNLOAD ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 111 of 251 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 5 Click DOWNLOAD to download the configuration files to the module through the path Download files from PC to module JModule Running r STEP 1 Select Communication Path Select Connection Type 1756 ENBT Ethernet CIPconnect t 192 168 0 100 p 1 s 2 STEP 2 Transfer File s DOWNLOAD Abort Test Connection o Cancel You can also monitor the PRO
240. t Version Number 2 System architecture 3 Network details If the issue is hardware related we will also need information regarding Module configuration and associated ladder files if any Module operation and any unusual behavior Configuration Debug status information LED patterns Details about the serial Ethernet or Fieldbus devices interfaced to the module if any akhOAN Note For technical support calls within the United States ProSoft s 24 7 after hours phone support is available for urgent plant down issues Detailed contact information for all our worldwide locations is available on the following page ProSoft Technology Inc Page 247 of 251 July 29 2015 Support Service amp Warranty MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Internet Web Site www prosoft technology com support E mail address support prosoft technology com Asia Pacific Tel 603 7724 2080 6 2 location in Malaysia E mail asiapc prosoft technology com Languages spoken include Chinese English Asia Pacific location in China Tel 86 21 5187 7337 x888 E mail asiapc prosoft technology com Languages spoken include Chinese English Europe location in Toulouse France Tel 33 0 5 34 36 87 20 E mail support EMEA prosoft technology com Languages spoken include French English Europe location in Dubai UAE Tel 971 4 214 6911 E mail mea prosoft technolog
241. tart Note The ClPconnect components are installed with comDTM version 1 0 1 5 with install version 1 01 0003 and later For information on how to check the comDTM version and install version refer to Verifying the comDTM Version and comDTM Install Version page 224 i ProSoft Technology COM DTM InstallShield Wizard Destination Folder Click Next to install to this Folder or click Change to install to a different Folder an Install ProSoft Technology COM DTM to C Program Files ProSoft Technology Inc Profibus comDTM Page 214 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 3 5 Quick Start The following steps demonstrate how to start the FDT Field Device Tool program and configure the PROFIBUS comDTM Starting FDT 1 Start the FDT program and login as administrator The following procedures use PACTware 3 0 software 2 Click the UPDATE DEVICE CATALOG button If PROFIBUS comDTM was installed successfully it will appear in the Device Catalog window Peres Codewrights GmbH Prosoft Technology Inc Driver Endress Hauser Device Protocol vendr Group Endress Hauser Metso Automatio Prosoft Technology comDTM giic Prosoft Technology Inc MM Prosoft Technology Inc cJ Driver Softing AG las VEGA Grieshaber KG Vendor T Show all devices Prosoft Technology Inc Driver Prosoft Master Module
242. ter The configured slave s should have a green border indicating successful PROFIBUS communication S ProSoft Configuration Builder for PROFIBUS MVI56 PDPMV1 Project View PROFIBUS Online Option fools Windows Help wie alsie ProsofthGSD 3 Bus Configuration 1 PROFIBUS DP tf PROFIBUS Master 1 ProSoft Master r Ma Bus addr Type Name Vendor 0 Master ProSoft ProSoft Technology Page 118 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 5 Verifying Correct Operation The final step is to verify that the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is communicating with the PROFIBUS slave Choose the method that best suits your connection and proximity to the modules and the processor e If you are able to view the module directly Checking the PROFIBUS LEDs on the MVI56 PDPMV1 page 119 e f you are able to connect to the module using ProSoft Configuration Builder and a serial cable Viewing the Fieldbus Data from the MVI56 PDPMV1 s Configuration Debug Menu page 122 e f you are able to connect to the processor using RSLogix 5000 Viewing the Controller Tags in RSLogix 5000 page 124 e If you are able to connect to the processor using RSLogix 5000 Sending a Mailbox Message in RSLogix 5000 page 127 2 5 1 Checking the PROFIBUS LEDs on the MVI56 PDPMV1 e If all four PROFIBUS LEDs are illuminat
243. the Ladder Rung Flex page 52 The following procedure will work for either mode and will export appropriate but different rung import files depending on which option is selected in the USE LEGACY MODE parameter To export the AOI Rung Import file from PCB for version 2 2 0 and later only 1 Inthe inRAx Data Type dialog box click EXPORT PROCESSOR FILES InRAx Data Type Start Offset End Offset Slave Slot OL 15H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 0 16 Words Input 16L 31H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 1 16 Words Input 32L 47H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 2 16 Words Input 48L 63 H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 3 16 Words Input 64 L 79H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 4 16 Words Input 80L 95H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 5 16 Words Input 96L 99H Address 3 ProLinx Profibus Slave Slot 6 4 Words Input Display r I Show Slot Numbers Export Processor Files Inputs C Outputs M Show Profibus Address Print ProSoft Configuration Builder will suggest a file name with the extension L5X RSLogix AOI rung import file It is highly recommended that you use the default filename ProSoft Technology Inc Page 103 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master For LEGACY Mode InRAx Data Type _Start Offset End Offset Slave Slot OL 15H 16L 31H 32L 47H 48 L 63
244. the input data image input image data update is transferred from the module s internal Master counter 100 101 Module out mailbox Module out mailbox counter counter 102 103 Module in mailbox Module in mailbox counter counter 104 105 Module alarm IND Number of spontaneous alarm messages received from slave receive counter 106 107 Module alarm CON Number of confirmation messages received from slaves receive counter indicating that the slave received the confirmation message from the MVI56 PDPMV1 module 108 109 Reserved 110 111 Reserved 112 113 Module backplane read Rollover counter of the number of MVI56 PDPMV1 to processor count backplane read data transfers 114 115 Module backplane write Rollover counter of the number of MVI56 PDPMV1 to processor count backplane write data transfers 116 117 Module backplane error Rollover counter of the number of MVI56 PDPMV1 to processor count backplane data transfers that have failed ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 235 of 251 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Byte Offset Start End Name Description 118 119 File Error Word This is bit mapped value that indicates which files are not present Bit 0 Problem with PDPMV1 CFG file Bit 1 Not used Bit 2 Problem with PDPMV1 DDB file Bit 3 Problem with PDPMV1 XML file Bits 4 to 15 not used If this word has a value other than 0 the CFG
245. tion suppliers in 1989 PROFIBUS is a Master slave protocol The Master establishes a connection to the remote slave When the connection is established the Master sends the PROFIBUS commands to the slave PROFIBUS supports a variety of network types The network type supported by the PTQ and MVI series PROFIBUS modules is PROFIBUS DP Device Bus version 1 0 which is designed for remote I O systems motor control centers and variable speed drives What is FDT FDT Field Device Tool is the specification for software interfaces for the integration of field devices drives and controls in engineering and configuration tools FDT is manufacturer independent and allows for trouble free parameterization and configuration of the user s specific processing system FDT technology standardizes the communication interface between field devices and systems The key feature is its independence from the communication protocol and the software environment of either the device or the host system FDT allows any device to be accessed from any host through any protocol The FDT container implements the FDT specification It serves as an interface between FDT and a superior application It uses the DTMs to gain access to the devices FDT frame application is an engineering or configuration tool which has an FDT container FDT technology comprises three key components the Frame Application Device DTMs and Communication DTMs e The DTM Device Type
246. tly the operation state will be CO hex Note the values in SLAVE CFG LIST TRANSFER LIST and SLAVE DIAG LIST If the Master and slave are communicating successfully the values in SLAVE CFG LIST will match the values in TRANSFER LIST Note Each list is a hexadecimal representation of a bitmap of slave addresses on the PROFIBUS network In the illustration above a value of 20h in the rightmost columns of both of the first two lists means one slave at address 125 is configured and communicating with the Master Notice that the values in the leftmost columns of the first two lists do not match This means that the slave at address 1 is configured but is not communicating with the Master The slave at address 3 however is both configured and communicating with the Master Below is an explanation on how to read these bitmaps Each XX XX grouping represents one word containing 16 slave addresses Page 122 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual In SLAVE CFG LIST in the example above WORD 08 00 00 0000 00 0000 00 0000 00 0000 00 0000 00 0000 00 000 Joo 20 0 15 ae 31 Ea 63 95 96 111 112 127 SLAVE ADDRESSES To find out which slave addresses in Word 1 are occupied by configured slaves expand Word 1 s hexadecimal numbers into a bitmap Word 1 Slave Addresses 0 15 OA 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0
247. to expand the MV 56 PDPMV1 tree and then double click the PROFIBUS DP icon This action opens the PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box 2 Inthe PDPMV1 PROFIBUS Master Setup dialog box click the EXPORT MASTER CONFIG button This action saves the PROFIBUS network configuration for your module in an XML file The recommended location for this file is your My Documents folder Tip You can use the XML file created by ProSoft Configuration Builder in this step to simplify the task of configuring additional PROFIBUS network modules Because it saves the entire network configuration you can add modules quickly by modifying only the items that are unique for each device typically the slot number and I O addresses To use this saved configuration open Windows Explorer navigate to the folder where you saved the Master Configuration XML file and then drag the file onto the new PROFIBUS DP icon in the ProSoft Configuration Builder tree view 3 In ProSoft Configuration Builder open the FILE menu and then choose SAVE As 4 Name the project file and click SAVE The recommended location for this file is your My Documents folder Note All PCB project files and module related files are automatically saved to C PCBExportfFiles ProSoft Technology Inc Page 105 of 251 July 29 2015 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master A complete backup consists of the Project and Master
248. torage media ProSoft Technology Inc Page 155 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 5 Mailbox Message Get Live List This command returns 127 bytes of slave node information Every byte stands for one bus subscriber and the position of the byte in the response data assigns the address 0 to 126 the content assigns the Station Type This command can be sent in all operation modes STOP CLEAR and OPERATE however the module must be initialized properly Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name GET LIVE LIST Command Number 1800h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Get Live List Message ID Message information Data size Frame count Frame number Offset high Offset low Extended word 1 to 6 aa a Message Data byte 1 Response Data Byte 1 Message Data byte 2 Response Data Byte 1 Message Data byte 3 Response Data Byte 1 ee Response Data Byte 1 Message Data byte n Response Data Byte 1 Get Live List 127 Bytes of Data Page 156 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Mailbox Messaging PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Message Information Refer to Acyclic Message Status Word page 170 Station Type 0 126 00h Slave Station 01h M
249. trol index 156 157 Current alarm control index Current alarm control index 158 496 Reserved for future use 496 497 Index of Output image to receive 1 to 4 for data 0 or 1 if no data 498 499 Block index of 1 or 0 for status block Output Data Block Block ID 1 to n This block contains the PROFIBUS output data to be sent from the processor to the module Output Data Block Format Output Image You can find the contents of the Output Data Block Output Image in the MVI56PDPMV1 Output user controller tags in RSLogix Byte Offset Start End Name Description 0 0 Write Block ID Block number of this write block 1 to n 1 2 PROFIBUS CRC32 value Computed for PROFIBUS Config 3 4 Module CRC32 value Computed for module data When the module first starts up or recognizes an initialization of the processor it will compare the values of the two CRC s in the input and output images If either one of the CRCs do not match the module will be placed in Stop mode If each set matches the module will be placed in Operate mode 5 n PROFIBUS Output Data PROFIBUS output data transferred to the PROFIBUS slaves Page 244 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual CIP Message Support CIP Messaging is supported for mailbox communication and status retrieval CIP messaging is executed using a Generic CIP Message instruction using t
250. trolLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master GSD Selection Algorithm If two or more matching GSD files are found the first one found should be selected The other compatible files should be stored so that the user can select one of them instead If the user selects another GSD file the PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will run through the Module Selection Algorithm described below again Module Selection Algorithm The algorithm used to find modules in the GSD based on the Identifier byte s is as follows Select the module that matches the largest number of Identifier bytes If the GSD contains two or more modules with the exact set of Identifier bytes use the first module found Example If a slave responds with identifier bytes 0x11 0x21 0x31 and that the associated GSD file contains five modules A 0x11 B 0x21 C 0x31 AB 0x11 0x21 and BC 0x21 0x31 The PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will then select modules AB and C Note If no matching module is found in the GSD The PROFIBUS Master Configuration window will display the identifier byte s instead Network scan window The information extracted from the GSD file s will be displayed in the Network scan window Note only slaves are shown here possible Masters connected to the network will not be listed here Select In this column all found slaves will be marked as selected by default except for s
251. troller Fault Handler Power Up Handler amp Tasks MainTask E g MainProgram A Program Tags pumos B BuildMailbox B ReadAlarm B ReadData B ReadMailbox B ReadStatus B writeData E Unscheduled Programs Motion Groups 9 Ungrouped Axes Trends Data Types User Defned C Strings CR Predefined C Module Cefined SJ I O Configuration f 1 1756 MODULE MvI56 fl 2 1756 NET Aenet m M P P m e ProSoft Technology Inc Page 35 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 9 Copy and paste each of the user defined types from the sample ladder logic into your existing application J Controller Controller Tasks amp Motion Groups E3 Ungrouped Axes 2 Trends amp Data Types B User Defined EA PDPMPV 1_GetSlaveDiagnostics_In Eil PDPMPY 1_GetSlaveDiagnostics_Out R POPMV1_AcyclicRead Eil PDPMV 1_AcyclicRead_In R PDPMV1_AcyclicRead_Out R PDPMV1_AcyclicWrite i PDPMV1_AcyclicWrile_In El PDPMY 1_AcyclicWrite_Out RA PDPMV1_Alarm Ea PDPMY 1_backplane Eil PDPMV 1_backplane2 El PDPMV 1_Command R PoPMV1_Control El PDPMV 1_ControlCommand K POPMV1_CRC R PDPMV1_CRC_Struct K PDPMV 1_Fieldbus R POPMV1_GetLiveList RA PDPMV1_GetSlaveConfig nd gt 10 Export the control
252. ts into one input backplane block It allows the switching between two blocks with different block IDs but with same content So in fact block 0 and block 1 will transfer the same PROFIBUS input data 1ton Input Data Input data from PROFIBUS network with each block containing up to 242 words of data refer to Input Data Block Format Input Image Local 1 I Data Controller Tag page 239 1ton Output Data Output data for PROFIBUS network with each block containing up to 243 words of data refer to Output Data Block Format Output Image page 244 Note The maximum block count n will depend on the configured PROFIBUS I O size and the backplane block size for each application For example if the PROFIBUS input 100 and each backplane block will transfer 20 words of PROFIBUS data then n 5 Page 238 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual Normal Operation The MVI56 PDPMV1 module s application code initiates the data transfers at the end of every ControlLogix PLC ladder scan As such the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is able to actively read and write the PROFIBUS Cyclic Input Output data blocks in the appropriate locations Input Initialization Block Block ID 9990 Block 9990 is the first block transferred by the module to the processor after one of the following events e Module power up e Module configuration through ProSoft Conf
253. u wish to use 2 In a separate instance of RSLogix 5000 open the sample ladder logic you wish to use 3 Follow the procedures for adding a Module to the project and setting Connection Parameters as found in Creating the Module Legacy page 22 Creating the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module Profile Flex page 49 and Common Settings for All Sample Programs page 66 4 Manually copy the user defined data types from the sample program and paste them into your existing application 5 Manually copy the controller tags from the sample program and paste them into your existing application 6 Manually copy the ladder logic tasks and rungs from the sample program and paste them into your existing application Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Add On Instruction Note This section applies only for applications with ControlLogix firmware version 16 or newer For earlier firmware versions refer to Using the MVI56 PDPMV1 Sample Ladder Logic page 19 The Add On Instruction AOI is supplied already installed as part of a complete ACD sample program file and also as an L5X ladder import file that can be imported into an existing or new application Importing the AOI reduces module setup time and simplifies your application logic The L5X file automatically imports the following components into an application User defined data types Controller tags and tag arrays Add On Instruction logic Ladder rung required to call the Add On Instruction This section will sh
254. uly 29 2015 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Viewing PROFIBUS Slave Diagnostic Bytes Use the Mailbox Message Get Slave Diagnostics page 150 to retrieve PROFIBUS slave diagnostic bytes Refer to Mailbox Messaging page 129 to see how to view the bytes returned by this mailbox message Standard PROFIBUS Slave Diagnostic Bytes The diagnostic information consists of 6 bytes of standard diagnostic information plus any user related diagnostic information The standard information is shown in the tables below Byte Description Station status 1 Station status 2 Station status 3 Master address Ident number high a eR o mM oO Ident number low Byte 0 Station Status 1 Bits w e Description Station not existent Station not ready Configuration fault Extended diagnostic data present Not supported Invalid slave response Parameter fault NIJA AJOIN o Master lock Byte 1 Station Status 2 Bits w p Description Parameter request Static diagnostic Slave device Watchdog on Freeze mode Sync mode Reserved NIDJI AJOJINJ o Slave deactivated Page 194 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Diagnostics and Troubleshooting PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual B
255. ung_v1_2 L5x File name Save as type Logix5000 Partial Import Export Files l5x Cancel Display C Inputs Outputs VIS6PDPMV1_ FLEX M Show Slot Numbers M Show Profibus Address AddOn Rung v Export Processor Files Print OK Page 104 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 Choose a location for the file that you can access easily from RSLogix 5000 My Documents or Desktop for example and then click SAVE 3 Click OK to close the inRAx Data Type dialog box NOTE If you make any changes to your module or PROFIBUS configurations you will probably want to create new AOI Rung Import files using this procedure If you create new files before you can import them into your existing application some of the previously imported controller tags and ladder logic will need to be manually deleted For additional information please see the topic Changing and Importing Configuration Changes for PCB v 2 2 0 and up only page 73 2 3 6 Backing Up the Project In this step you will create a backup copy of your project and configuration files The backup procedure saves your data for reuse on another machine or allows you to restore your data in the event of a system failure To save your project and configuration files 1 In ProSoft Configuration Builder tree view click
256. ut size configured in PCB MVIS6PDPMV1 Config PROFIBUS OutputDataSize through the Output Data Size parameter 5 5 Read Block Count Number of read blocks to transfer from the MVI56PDPMV1 Util ReadBlockCount module to the processor in order to transfer the configured PROFIBUS input data ProSoft Technology Inc Page 239 of 251 July 29 2015 Reference MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Word Offset Start End Name Description 6 6 Write Block Count Number of write blocks to transfer from the MVIS56PDPMV1 Util WriteBlockCount processor to the module in order to transfer the configured PROFIBUS output data 7 7 PROFIBUS Input Data Word Count Per Read Block Maximum number of PROFIBUS input data MVIS56PDPMV1 Util InputWordsPerReadBlock words that fit into one read block 8 8 PROFIBUS Input Data Word Count Per Write Block Maximum number of PROFIBUS output data MVI56PDPMV1 Util QutputWordsPerWriteBlock words that fits into one write block 9 9 PROFIBUS Input Data Word Count In Last Read Block Number of PROFIBUS input data words in MVIS56PDPMV1 Util InputWordsInLastReadBlock the last read block The last read block is the one with highest block ID 10 10 PROFIBUS Output Data Words In Last Write Block Number of PROFIBUS output data words in MVI56PDPMV1 Util OutputWordsInLastWriteBlock the last write block The last write block is the one with highest block ID 9990 Read
257. w module is now visible 3 6 110 Configuration 65 1756 Backplane 1756 44 fa 0 1756 L63 MyController 1 1756 MODULE MYIS6PDPMY 1 2 1756 MODULE MVIS6PDPMV1_2 y Expand the Tasks folder and then expand the MainTask folder On the MainProgram folder click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose NEw ROUTINE In the New Routine dialog box enter the name and description of your routine and then click OK ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 57 of 251 Start Here MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 8 Select an empty rung in the new routine and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose IMPORT RUNG 1 Lonnection_Input Lonnection_Input amp Cut Rung Ctrlex Connection_Output Connection_Output MVI56PDPMY 1 MVI56PDPMV1 Copy Rung Ctrl C AcyclicRead_MSG AcyclicRead_MSG Acyclicwrite_MSG Acyclicwrite_MSG GetAlarm_MSG GetAlarm_MSG GetMailbox_MSG GetMailbox_MSG Delete Rung Del GetStatus_ MSG GetStatus MSG GetLiveList MSG GetLiveList_ MSG Aaa Runo TR GetSlaveCig MSG GetSlaveCfg MSG Edit Rung Enter GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG GetSlaveDiagnostics_MSG SetClearMode_MSG SetClearMode_MSG Edit Rung Comment Ctrl D SetOperateMode_MSG SetOperateMode_MSG Import Rung SetSlaveAddress_MSG SetSlaveAddress_MSG SetSlaveMode_MSG SetSlaveMode
258. w network status ard tasks Set up file sharing Security Check for updates Allow a program through Windows Firewall i Hardware and Sound Play CDs or other media automatically Printer Mouse Program E Uninstall a program ee a Chang startup programs User Accounts Change account type Appearance and Personalization Change desktop background Customize colors Adjust screen resolution Clock Language and Region Change keyboards or other input methods Change display language Ease of Access Let Windows suggest settings Optimize visual display Additional Options ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 227 of 251 Reference User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 Select Prosoft Technology COM DTM click once mT M Tasks Uninstall or change a program View installed updates To uninstall a program select it from the list and then click Uninstall Change or Repair Get new programs online at Windows Marketplace Organize 23 Views x Uninstall Change Repair View purchased software digital locker Turn Windows features on or off Install a program from the network 5 Publisher Adobe Systems Incorporated Installed On 1 23 2008 2 27 2008 11 28 2007 Name Size Ef Adobe Flash Player ActiveX BB Adobe Reader 8 1 2 L Kaspersky Anti Virus 6 0 for Windows Workstations 84 7 MB 179
259. web pages that let users interact with a reservation system or a shopping service the Device DTMs let the user interact with the field device in a wide variety of ways The Device DTM vendor can create a graphically rich user interface that does virtually anything possible in an advanced Windows PC type interface The third part of the technology the Communication DTM provides a standardized communication Application Process Interface API inside the PC interfacing between the Device Vendor s DTM and the host system s specific driver that handles pass through communications from the PC down to the fieldbus interface card The host system vendor supplies a Communication DTM comDTM for each supported fieldbus protocol This ensures that the details of the PC network interface cards and pass through protocols of the host system are transparent to the device vendor s DTM This correlates back to the internet analogy where the web page is transparent to the PC it s running in the brand of the network interface card in the PC or whether communication is DSL or broadband cable FDT technology complements and expands existing device description languages It does not replace but rather builds upon existing DDs In particular FDT expands the capabilities of DD for complex devices Device Description languages have limitations in the graphical representation of the device at the user interface and allow only a limited integration of special f
260. window has a green border then the MVI56 PDPMV1 module is correctly communicating with the PROFIBUS slave o If the slave icon in the Bus Configuration window has a red border then the module is not communicating with the slave o If the slave icon in the Bus Configuration window has a blue border the slave is communicating with the Master but is generating diagnostic data To view diagnostic data for the slave select the slave and click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose ONLINE PROPERTIES Page 120 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 2 Inthe Online Slave Properties dialog box click the DIAGNOSTIC tab and select CHECK DETAILS FOR SLAVE DIAGNOSTIC Slave diagnostic information will appear in the Diagnostic window Refer to the documentation for your PROFIBUS slave to determine the meaning of the diagnostic data x Online slave properties 125 ProLinx Profibus Slave Ea Modules Tags Diagnostic r Slave diagnostic 125 ProLinx Profibus Slave is OK but has diagnostic Bit 2 3 WD_On Master address 1 ident no 0x05a5 extended diagnostic data 56 30 32 2E 36 38 50 57 57 41 41 03 04 w FF device related diagnostic data 56 30 32 2E 36 38 50 57 41 41 03 04 1 oO w tf OK LLLLLLLECELI ProSoft Technology Inc Page
261. x can occasionally prevent other applications from using the PC s COM port If you are not able to connect to the module s configuration debug port using ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB HyperTerminal or another terminal emulator follow these steps to disable the RSLinx driver 1 Open RSLinx and go to COMMUNICATIONS gt RSWHO 2 Make sure that you are not actively browsing using the driver that you wish to stop The following shows an actively browsed network 15 x Browsing node 10 found Ss Linx Gateways Ethernet E e AB_DF1 1 DH 485 Ej 01 SLC 5 05 UNTITLED DF1 COM1 UNTITLED 10 Workstation DF1 COM1 3 Notice how the DF1 driver is opened and the driver is looking for a processor on node 1 If the network is being browsed then you will not be able to stop this driver To stop the driver your RSWho screen should look like this ee BWorkstation PSFT VAIO 1 ea Linx Gateways Ethernet H AB_DF1 1 DH 485 Ties at Gatew DH 485 Branches are displayed or hidden by clicking on the or the icons C s AB_DF1 1 DH 485 4 When you have verified that the driver is not being browsed go to COMMUNICATIONS gt CONFIGURE DRIVERS ProSoft Technology Inc Page 181 of 251 July 29 2015 Diagnostics and Troubleshooting MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master You may see something like this Configure Drivers P m Available Driver Types
262. xample writing to a certain memory area with an Acyclic Write request Alarm Type Identifies the alarm type such as Process Alarm Plug Alarm and so on Range 1 to 6 32 to 126 Extended Diagnostic Flag FFh Slave sends an alarm message with Extended Diag flag set 00h Slave sends an alarm message with Extended Diag flag cleared Data 1 n Additional manufacturer specific alarm information Alarm PDU Fault Information If the Message Information word in the header of the message indicates Invalid Other addition information is available in this register 3E00h Module has received an invalid alarm indication data structure from a DPV 1 slave Slave Address contains the node address of the slave that issued the erroneous indication Refer to the PNO document Extensions to EN50170 DPV for more information on how to interpret these parameters ProSoft Technology Inc Page 163 of 251 July 29 2015 Mailbox Messaging MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 3 5 9 Mailbox Message Set Operating Mode This command allows setting the operating mode of the module STOP CLEAR or OPERATE Parameter Description Command Initiator Application Command Name SET OPERATING MODE Command Number 0200h Fragmented No Extended Header Data Fault information may be returned in the header of the response Command and Response Layout Set Operating Mode Message info
263. xplain each task step by step ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 Page 79 of 251 Configuring the MVI56 PDPMV1 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master 2 1 Setting Up the Project To begin start ProSoft Configuration Builder PCB ProSoft Configuration Builder s window consists of a tree view on the left and an information pane and configuration pane on the right side of the window The tree view consists of folders for Default Project and Default Location with a Default Module in the Default Location folder Untitled ProSoft Configuration Builder File Edit Project View Help Default Project Name Status 5 Default Location Default Module 4 aes Unknown 1 Please Select Module Type Last Change Last Download iguration Module Module Type Module Name Default Module Updating data from new database Start by adding the MVI56 PDPMV1 module to the project 1 Use the mouse to select DEFAULT MODULE in the tree view and then click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu 2 On the shortcut menu choose CHOOSE MODULE TYPE This action opens the Choose Module Type dialog box Choose Module Type xi Product Line Filter C All C PLX4K C PTQ MVI 56 C MVI 71 PLXSK C MvI46 C mvies C PLX6K Step 1 Select Module Type Search Module Type MVIS6 PDPMV1 Step 2 Define Ports Section Status Action Required Comment Used f
264. y 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Reference User Manual Byte Offset Start End Name Description 84 85 PROFIBUS Master Represents the PROFIBUS Master module s operating status Module Status Bit 2 Application Status 0 Application Stopped 1 Application Running Bit 8 Data exchange FBRS 0 There is no data exchange with any of the assigned slaves 1 There is Data Exchange with at least one of the assigned slaves Bit 9 Slave input frozen cleared FBFC 0 A slave s inputs in the IN area are cleared if a slave is not in Data Exchange 1 A slave s inputs in the IN area are frozen if a slave is not in Data Exchange Bit 12 Reset RDR 0 No action 1 A reset is requested by the PROFIBUS Master module because a new database has been downloaded 86 89 PROFIBUS CRC32 checksum for PROFIBUS Master configuration configuration Checksum downloaded from configuration utility 90 93 MVI56 Module MVI56 PDPMV1 for module configuration downloaded from configuration checksum configuration utility 94 95 Application program MVI56 PDPMV1 module program scan counter Can be used to scan counter gauge application code scan time performance 96 97 Module PROFIBUS Counter representing the number of times the output data image output image data is transferred to the module s internal Master update counter 98 99 Module PROFIBUS Counter representing the number of times
265. y com Languages spoken include English Hindi North America location in California Tel 1 661 716 5100 E mail support prosoft technology com Languages spoken include English Spanish Latin America Oficina Regional Tel 1 281 2989109 E Mail latinam prosoft technology com Languages spoken include Spanish English Latin America location in Puebla Mexico Tel 52 222 3 99 6565 E mail soporte prosoft technology com Languages spoken include Spanish Brasil location in Sao Paulo Tel 55 11 5083 3776 E mail brasil prosoft technology com Languages spoken include Portuguese English Warranty Information For complete details regarding ProSoft Technology s TERMS amp CONDITIONS OF SALE WARRANTY SUPPORT SERVICE AND RETURN MATERIAL AUTHORIZATION INSTRUCTIONS please see the documents on the ProSoft Solutions DVD or go to www prosoft technology legal Documentation is subject to change without notice Page 248 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Index User Manual Index A About the PROFIBUS Protocol 199 Acyclic Message Status Word 148 151 153 155 157 159 161 170 Adding Multiple Modules Optional Flex 56 Adding Multiple Modules Optional Legacy 28 Adding MVI56 PDPMV1 Logic To Existing Applications 33 Adjusting the Connection Sizes for Your Application 38 40 71 B
266. y having jurisdiction A Warning Explosion Hazard When in hazardous locations turn off power before replacing or wiring modules B Warning Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect equipment unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be non hazardous C These products are intended to be mounted in an IP54 enclosure The devices shall provide external means to prevent the rated voltage being exceeded by transient disturbances of more than 40 This device must be used only with ATEX certified backplanes D DO NOT OPEN WHEN ENERGIZED Battery Life Advisory The MVI46 MVI56 MVI56E MVI69 and MVI71 modules use a rechargeable Lithium Vanadium Pentoxide battery to backup the real time clock and CMOS The battery should last for the life of the module The module must be powered for approximately twenty hours before the battery becomes fully charged After it is fully charged the battery provides backup power for the CMOS setup and the real time clock for approximately 21 days When the battery is fully discharged the module will revert to the default BIOS and clock settings Note The battery is not user replaceable Markings Electrical Ratings Backplane Current Load 800 mA 5 Vdc 3 mA 24 Vdc Operating Temperature 32 F to 140 F 0 C to 60 C Storage Temperature 40 F to 185 F 40 C to 85 C Shock 30 g operational 50 g non operational Vibration 5 g from 10 Hz to 150 Hz Relative Humidity 5 to 95 wit
267. ype 1756 L63 ControlLocix5563 Controller E aes Revision e Redundancy Enabled Help Name MyController Description Chassis Type 1756 44 4 Slot ControlLogix Chassis Slot Ss Create In C RSLogix 5000 Projects Browse ProSoft Technology Inc Page 21 of 251 July 29 2015 Start Here User Manual MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Creating the Module Legacy 1 Add the MVI56 PDPMV1 module to the project In the Controller Organization window select I O CONFIGURATION and click the right mouse button to open a shortcut menu On the shortcut menu choose NEW MODULE 1 0 Configuration 31756 Backplane 1756 A fq 0 1756 163 My_Cor f New Module Fa This action opens the Select Module dialog box E Select Module lodule Analog Communications Controllers Digital Drives Motion Other 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module Allen Bradley Specialty Find Add Favorite By Category Favorites OK Cancel Help 2 Select the 1756 MODULE GENERIC 1756 MODULE from the list and click OK This action opens the New Module dialog box New Module 1756 MODULE Generic 1756 Module came r Connection Parameters Assembly i Instance Size Name Input 1 250 a 16 bit Description Output 2 248 a 16 bit Configuration 4 0 8 bit Comm Format Data INT Slot 1 h lo 4 a M Op
268. yte 2 Station Status 3 Bits y p Description Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved NIJA AJOJN o Extended diagnostic overflow Byte 3 Master Address This byte shows the address of the assigned PROFIBUS Master after parameterization If there is an error during the parameterization process this byte will display the value FF hexadecimal Byte 4 Ident Number High This byte shows the high byte of the specific Ident Number assigned to the module by the PROFIBUS User Organization Byte 5 Ident Number Low This byte shows the low byte of the specific Ident Number assigned to the module by the PROFIBUS User Organization ProSoft Technology Inc Page 195 of 251 July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform User Manual PROFIBUS DPV1 Master Page 196 of 251 ProSoft Technology Inc July 29 2015 MVI56 PDPMV1 ControlLogix Platform Reference PROFIBUS DPV1 Master User Manual 5 5 1 Reference In This Chapter Product Specifications ec eecceeecceceseeceneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeseaeeseeeseanetias 197 About the PROFIBUS Protocol eecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseneeeeeeteas 199 PROFIBUS COMD Misi aie canning ati 209 Module Functional Overview cc cceeceeeseeeeeeeseneeeeneeteeeeeeeseneeeeeetias 230 Product Specifications The PROFIBUS DPV1 Master module is a powerful communication

MVI56-PDPMV1 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents